C/G/H-Series Room Air Conditioners Spec Sheet

ED 04 - 910
- Cooling Only / Heat Pump -

C-Series / G-Series / H-Series
ED04-910
Split-System
Room Air Conditioners
C-Series
G-Series
H-Series
FTKS25GVMA RKS25EBVMA
Cooling Only FTKS50GVMA RKS50FBVMA
FTKS60GVMA RKS60FBVMA
FTXS25GVMA RXS25EBVMA
FTXS50GVMA RXS50FBVMA
Heat Pump
FTXS80HVMA RXS80HVMA
FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA
1. Features ..................................................................................................3
2. Power Supply ..........................................................................................6
3. Functions.................................................................................................7
3.1 Cooling Only.............................................................................................7
3.2 Heat Pump ...............................................................................................8
4. Specifications ........................................................................................11
4.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................11
4.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................13
5. Dimensions ..........................................................................................20
5.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................20
5.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................24
6. Wiring Diagrams....................................................................................27
6.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................27
6.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................29
Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 1

ED04-910
7. Piping Diagrams....................................................................................33
7.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................33
7.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................35
8. Capacity Tables ....................................................................................40
8.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................40
8.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................43
8.3 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping
(Reference) ............................................................................................53
9. Operation Limit......................................................................................55
9.1 Cooling Only...........................................................................................55
9.2 Heat Pump .............................................................................................56
10.Sound Level ..........................................................................................58
10.1 Measuring Location ................................................................................58
10.2 Octave Band Level .................................................................................59
11.Electric Characteristics..........................................................................66
12.Installation Manual ................................................................................69
12.1 Indoor Units ............................................................................................69
12.2 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................99
13.Operation Manual................................................................................142
13.1 Safety Precautions ...............................................................................142
13.2 FTK(X)S 25/35 G..................................................................................144
13.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS 80 G .............................................................168
13.4 FTXS 80-100 H ....................................................................................192
13.5 FTXS 50 C............................................................................................221
14.Optional Accessories ..........................................................................245
14.1 Option List ............................................................................................245
14.2 Installation Manual ...............................................................................246
2 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

ED04-910 Features
1.Features
Indoor units Outdoor units

FTK(X)S25/35G RK(X)S25/35EB RK(X)S50/60FB
FTKS50/60/71G
FTXS50/60/71/80G
RK(X)S71FB RXS100H
RXS80FB
FTXS80/90/100H RXS80/90H
800 195
Dimensions
FTXS25/35G
Comparison 283
(Wall mounted type
indoor units) 250
1050 238
FTXS50/60/71/80G
290
150
1200 240
FTXS80/90/100H
340
Unit: mm
Outdoor units
Changes in external appearance : RK(X)S 25-71
Changed
Current model Appearance New Model Appearance point
• logo label
RKS 25-35 E RK(X)S 25-35
• discharge
RXS 25-35 E EB
grille
RKS 50-60 F RK(X)S 50-60

• logo label
RXS 50-60 F(A) FB
• logo label
RXS 71 FVMA RXS71FB • discharge
grille

Features ED04-910
FTXS80/90/100H
— Comfortable Airflow Mode —

“Comfortable Mode” prevents direct airflow to users and reduces discomfort air drafts.
When cooling : Flap can be fixed at higher position than the normal cooling operation
position.
When heating : Flap can be fixed at lower position than the normal heating operation
position and warms feet.
Normal Operation
Comfort 15~45˚
Mode
40˚ fixed
40˚ 60˚
45˚
Comfort
Normal Operation 100˚
Mode
45~80˚ 105˚
80˚ 105˚ fixed
< Cooling > < Heating >
FTXS80/90/100H
— New Remote Controller —

Designed to be Stylish and User Friendly
The LCD panel is equipped with
backlighting, and a luminescent
LCD panel material is used for the buttons on
with backlight
the surface.
Luminous Therefore the user friendliness and
buttons operation in dark places, such as
bedrooms at night, is improved.
Stylish new design At night
FTXS80/90/100H
— Weekly Timer —
Adopts the remote controller with a weekly timer developed for the floor
standing type launched last year
Different pattern of operation start/stop time
Weekly timer display can be set on each day of the week, from
Monday to Sunday. For each day, maximum
four settings of ON or OFF is possible.
• You can fix different settings on weekdays

and weekends.
• Not only combination of ON and OFF, but
also the pattern such as ON-
ON-ON-
ON-ON-
ON-OFF
is possible (This means to change the set
temperature while keeping operating).
Weekly timer
setting button

ED04-910 Features
— ECONO mode —
ECONO mode is a function that enables efficient operation by limiting the
maximum power consumption of the system.(The maximum running current
and power consumption of the air conditioner in ECONO mode vary with the
connecting outdoor unit.)
This function is useful for cases in which attention should be paid to ensure a
circuit breaker will not trip when the product runs alongside other appliances.
It is easily activated
from the wireless
remote controller by
pushing the ECONO
button.
• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.

Power Supply ED04-910
2. Power Supply
Indoor Units Outdoor Units Power Supply
FTXS50GVMA RXS50FBVMA 1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
1φ, 220~230V, 60Hz
FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA
Note: Power Supply Intake ; Outdoor Unit

ED04-910 Functions
3. Functions
3.1 Cooling Only
FTKS50/60/71GVMA
FTKS50/60/71GVMA
RKS50/60/71FBVMA
RKS50/60/71FBVMA
RKS25/35EBVMA
RKS25/35EBVMA
FTKS25/35GVMA
FTKS25/35GVMA
Category Functions Category Functions
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power

Health & Clean
Control)
Air Purifying Filter — —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°C) 10 10
~46 ~46
Operation Limit for Heating (°C) — — Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —
Air Purifying Filter with
PAM Control Photocatalytic Deodorizing — —
Function
Compressor Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic
Oval Scroll Compressor — — Air-Purifying Filter
Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —

Rotary Compressor — — Air Filter (Prefilter)
Reluctance DC Motor Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille — —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Heating Dry Operation — —
Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer — —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and — 24-Hour On/Off Timer
Left)
3-D Airflow — Night Set Mode
Comfort Airflow Mode — — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
“Reliability &
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED)
Display
Comfort Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check — —
Control
Indoor Unit Quiet Operation Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — Heat Exchanger
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation Flexibility Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
(Manual) Indoor Unit
INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Quick Warming Function — — High Ceiling Application — —
Hot-Start Function — — Chargeless 10m 10m
Automatic Defrosting — — Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Operation Automatic Operation — — Power Selection — —
Programme Dry Function

Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller
Control (Option)
Fan Only Remote Control Adaptor
Lifestyle New POWERFUL Operation (Non- (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)
— — (Option)
Convenience Inverter)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation Remote Control Adaptor
Priority-Room Setting — — (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)

(Option)
HOME LEAVE Operation — Remote Wireless
Controller
ECONO Mode — Wired — —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
Signal Reception Indicator
R/C with back light — —
Temperature Display — —
Another Room Operation — —
Note: : Holding Functions
— : No Functions

Functions ED04-910
3.2 Heat Pump
FTXS50/60/71GVMA
FTXS50/60/71GVMA
RXS50/60/71FBVMA
RXS50/60/71FBVMA
RXS25/35EBVMA
RXS25/35EBVMA
FTXS25/35GVMA
FTXS25/35GVMA
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power

Health & Clean Air Purifying Filter — —
Control)
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10 10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —

~46 ~46
–10 –15 Air Purifying Filter with

Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) Photocatalytic Deodorizing — —
~20 ~18 Function
PAM Control Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic
Air-Purifying Filter
Compressor
Oval Scroll Compressor — — Longlife Filter — —
Swing Compressor Air Filter (Prefilter)
Rotary Compressor — — Wipe-clean Flat Panel
Reluctance DC Motor Washable Grille — —
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — — Mold Proof Operation —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Heating Dry Operation — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Wide-Angle Louvers Timer Weekly Timer — —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) 24-Hour On/Off Timer
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and — Night Set Mode
Left)
3-D Airflow — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
“Reliability &
Comfort Airflow Mode — — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED)
Display
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Wiring Error Check — —
Comfort Auto Fan Speed Anticorrosion Treatment of Outdoor
Control Heat Exchanger
Indoor Unit Quiet Operation
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — — Flexibility
Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation Indoor Unit
(Manual)
INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Quick Warming Function High Ceiling Application — —
Hot-Start Function Chargeless 10m 10m
Automatic Defrosting Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Automatic Operation Power Selection — —
Programme Dry Function Remote 5-Rooms Centralized Controller
Control
Fan Only (Option)
Lifestyle Remote Control Adaptor
Convenience New POWERFUL Operation — — (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)
(Non-Inverter)
(Option)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation

Remote Control Adaptor
(Normal Open Contact) (Option)
Priority-Room Setting — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)

(Option)
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — Remote Wireless
Controller
HOME LEAVE Operation — Wired — —
ECONO Mode —
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch
R/C with back light — —
— : No Functions

ED04-910 Functions
FTXS80/90/100HVMA
FTXS80/90/100HVMA
RXS80/90/100HVMA
RXS80/90/100HVMA
FTXS80GVMA
FTXS80GVMA
RXS80FBVMA
RXS80FBVMA
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Health & Clean

Control)
Air Purifying Filter — —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10 10
~46 ~46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15 –15 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —
~18 ~18
PAM Control Photocatalytic Deodorizing — —
Function
Compressor Oval Scroll Compressor — — Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic
Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —
Rotary Compressor — — Air Filter (Prefilter)
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — — Washable Grille — —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation — —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — — Heating Dry Operation — —
Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation — —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and 24-Hour On/Off Timer
Left)
3-D Airflow Night Set Mode
Comfort Airflow Mode — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
“Reliability &
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED)
Display
Comfort Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check — —
Control
Heat Exchanger
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) — —
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation
Flexibility
(Manual) Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible — —
Indoor Unit
INTELLIGENT EYE
Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence
Hot-Start Function High Ceiling Application — —
Automatic Defrosting Chargeless 10m 10m
Operation Automatic Operation Either Side Drain (Right or Left)
Programme Dry Function Power Selection — —
Fan Only
Control (Option)
Lifestyle New POWERFUL Operation (Non- — — Remote Control Adaptor
Convenience Inverter) (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation (Option)
Priority-Room Setting — — Remote Control Adaptor
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
HOME LEAVE Operation — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)

(Option)
ECONO Mode — Remote Wireless
Controller
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch Wired — —
R/C with back light —
— : No Functions

Functions ED04-910
FTXS50CVMA
FTXS50CVMA
RXS50BVMA
RXS50BVMA
Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Health & Clean

Control)
Air Purifying Filter —
Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) –5
~46
Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter —

~18
PAM Control Photocatalytic Deodorizing
Function
Compressor Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-
Oval Scroll Compressor — Purifying Filter —
Swing Compressor Longlife Filter —

Rotary Compressor — Air Filter (Prefilter)
Comfortable Power-Airflow Flap — Washable Grille —
Airflow
Power-Airflow Dual Flaps Mold Proof Operation —
Power-Airflow Diffuser — Heating Dry Operation —
Wide-Angle Louvers Good-Sleep Cooling Operation —
Vertical Auto-Swing (Up and Down) Timer Weekly Timer —
Horizontal Auto-Swing (Right and 24-Hour On/Off Timer
Left)
3-D Airflow Night Set Mode
Comfort Airflow Mode — Worry Free Auto-Restart (after Power Failure)
“Reliability &
3-Step Airflow (H/P Only) — Durability” Self-Diagnosis (Digital, LED)
Display
Comfort Auto Fan Speed Wiring Error Check —
Control
Heat Exchanger
Night Quiet Mode (Automatic) —
Outdoor Unit Quiet Operation
Flexibility
(Manual) Multi-Split / Split Type Compatible
Indoor Unit
INTELLIGENT EYE
Quick Warming Function Flexible Voltage Correspondence
Hot-Start Function High Ceiling Application —
Automatic Defrosting Chargeless 10m
Operation Automatic Operation Either side Drain (Right or Left)
Programme Dry Function Power Selection —
Fan Only
Control (Option)
Lifestyle New POWERFUL Operation (Non- — Remote Control Adaptor
Convenience Inverter) (Normal Open-Pulse Contact)
Inverter POWERFUL Operation (Option)
Priority-Room Setting — Remote Control Adaptor
Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — (Normal Open Contact) (Option)
HOME LEAVE Operation

DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)
(Option)
ECONO Mode — Remote Wireless
Controller
Indoor Unit On/Off Switch Wired —
R/C with back light —
Temperature Display —
Another Room Operation —
— : No Functions

ED04-910 Specifications
4. Specifications
4.1 Cooling Only
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Indoor Units FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMA
Models
Outdoor Units RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA
kW 2.46 (1.2~3.0) 3.34 (1.2~3.8)
Capacity Btu/h 8,400 (4,100~10,200) 11,400 (4,100~12,950)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 2,120 (1,030~2,580) 2,870 (1,030~3,260)
Moisture Removal L/h 1.2 1.9
Running Current (Rated) A 3.5-3.3-3.2 / 3.5-3.3 4.9-4.7-4.5 / 4.9-4.7
Power Consumption W 600 (300~800) 1,010 (300~1,200)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 77.9-79.1-78.1 / 77.9-79.1 93.7-93.4-93.5 / 93.7-93.4
EER (Cooling) W/W 4.10 (4.00~3.75) 3.31 (4.00~3.17)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4
Piping φ 9.5 φ 9.5
Connections Gas mm
Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
Max. Interunit Piping Length m 20 20
Max. Interunit Height Difference m 15 15
Chargeless m 10 10
Amount of Additional Charge of g/m 20 20
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMA
Front Panel Color White White
H 8.7 (307) 8.9 (314)
m³/min M 6.7 (237) 6.9 (244)
Airflow Rate (cfm) L 4.7 (166) 4.8 (169)
SL 3.9 (138) 4.0 (141)
Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 40 40
Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Air Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
Power Consumption (Rated) W 35-35-35 / 35-35 40-40-40 / 40-40
Power Factor % 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6
Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 283×800×195 283×800×195
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 265×855×340 265×855×340
Weight kg 9 9
Gross Weight kg 12 12
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 37 / 31 / 25 / 22 38 / 32 / 26 / 23
Sound
Outdoor Unit RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA
Casing Color Ivory White Ivory White
Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
Compressor Model 1YC23NXD 1YC23NXD
Motor Output W 600 600
Refrigerant Type FVC50K FVC50K
Oil Charge L 0.375 0.375
Type R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 1.0 1.0
H 33.5 (1,183) 33.5 (1,183)
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
L 23.4 (826) 23.4 (826)
Type Propeller Propeller
Fan
Power Factor % 77.1-74.4-77.2 / 77.1-74.4 93.6-89.7-93.3 / 93.6-89.7
Starting Current A 3.5 4.9
Weight kg 34 34
Operation Sound dBA H : 46 L: 43 H : 47 L: 44
Sound Power dBA H : 61 H : 62
Drawing No. 3D062280 3D062281
Note: The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.
Cooling Piping Length Conversion Formulae
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB kcal/h=kW×860
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB 7.5m Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3

Specifications ED04-910
50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Indoor Units FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA FTKS71GVMA
Model
Outdoor Units RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA RKS71FBVMA
kW 5.17 (1.7~6.0) 5.89 (1.7~6.7) 7.05 (2.3~8.5)
Capacity Btu/h 17,600 (5,800~20,500) 20,100 (5,800~22,900) 24,100 (7,800~29,000)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 4,450 (1,460~5,160) 5,070 (1,460~5,760) 6,060 (1,980~7,310)
Running Current A 7.0-6.7-6.4 / 7.0-6.7 9.5-9.1-8.7 / 9.5-9.1 10.9-10.5-10.0 / 10.9-10.5
Rated (Max.)
Power Consumption W 1,500 (440~2,080) 2,050 (440~2,390) 2,380 (570~3,200)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 97.4-97.3-97.7 / 97.4-97.3 98.1-97.9-98.2 / 98.1-97.9 99.2-98.6-99.2 / 99.2-98.6
EER (Cooling) W/W 3.45 (3.86~2.88) 2.87 (3.86~2.80) 2.96 (4.04~2.66)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Liquid mm φ 6.4 φ 6.4 φ 6.4
Piping Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ15.9
Connections
Drain mm φ18.0 φ18.0 φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
Max. lnterunit Piping Length m 30 30 30
Max. lnterunit Height Difference m 20 20 20
Chargeless m 10 10 10
Amount of Additional Charge of g/m 20 20 20
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA FTKS71GVMA
Front Panel Color White White White
H 14.7 (519) 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614)
m³/min M 12.6 (445) 13.9 (491) 14.6 (516)
Airflow Rate (cfm) L 10.2 (360) 11.5 (406) 11.9 (420)
SL 9.2 (325) 10.0 (353) 11.2 (395)
Type Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 43 43 43
Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Air Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
Running Current (Rated) A 0.16-0.15-0.15 / 0.16-0.15 0.19-0.18-0.17 / 0.19-0.18 0.21-0.20-0.19 / 0.21-0.20
Power Consumption (Rated) W 34-34-34 / 34-34 40-40-40 / 40-40 45-45-45 / 45-45
Power Factor % 96.6-98.6-94.4 / 96.6-98.6 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8
Temperature Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control Microcomputer Control
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366
Weight kg 12 12 12
Gross Weight kg 17 17 17
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 44 / 40 / 35 / 32 45 / 41 / 36 / 33 46 / 42 / 37 / 34
Sound
Sound Power dBA 60 61 62
Outdoor Unit RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA RKS71FBVMA
Casing Color Ivory White Ivory White Ivory White
Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
Compressor Model 2YC36BXD 2YC36BXD 2YC63BXD
Motor Output W 1,100 1,100 1,920
Type FVC50K FVC50K FVC50K
Refrigerant Oil
Charge L 0.65 0.65 0.75
Type R-410A R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 1.5 1.5 2.3
HH 50.9 (1,797) 54.2 (1,914) 57.1 (2,016)
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm) H 48.9 (1,727) 50.9 (1,797) 54.5 (1,924)
L 41.7 (1,472) 45.0 (1,589) 46.0 (1,624)
Type Propeller Propeller Propeller
Fan
Motor Output W 53 53 66
Running Current (Rated) A 6.8-6.6-6.3 / 6.8-6.6 9.3-8.9-8.5 / 9.3-8.9 10.7-10.3-9.8 / 10.7-10.3
Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,466-1,466-1,466 / 1,466-1,466 2,010-2,010-2,010 / 2,010-2,010 2,335-2,335-2,335 / 2,335-2,335
Power Factor (Rated) % 97.4-95.1-97.7 / 97.4-95.1 98.1-96.0-98.2 / 98.1-96.0 99.3-96.7-99.2 / 99.3-96.7
Starting Current A 7.2 9.2 10.8
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 735×825×300 735×825×300 770×900×320
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 792×960×390 792×960×390 900×925×390
Weight kg 47 47 71
Gross Weight kg 52 52 80
Sound Pressure dBA H : 47 L : 44 H : 49 L : 46 H : 52 SL : 49
Sound Power dBA H : 61 H : 63 H : 66
Drawing No. 3D062268 3D062269 3D062270
Cooling Piping Length Conversion Formulae
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB kcal/h=kW×860
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB 7.5m Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3

4.2 Heat Pump

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V
Indoor Units FTXS25GVMA FTXS35GVMA
Models RXS25EBVMA RXS35EBVMA
Outdoor Units
Cooling Heating Cooling Heating
kW 2.46 (1.2~3.0) 3.37 (1.2~4.5) 3.34 (1.2~3.8) 3.94 (1.2~5.0)
Capacity Btu/h 8,400 (4,100~10,200) 11,500 (4,100~15,350) 11,400 (4,100~12,950) 13,400 (4,100~17,050)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 2,120 (1,030~2,580) 2,900 (1,030~3,870) 2,870 (1,030~3,260) 3,390 (1,030~4,300)
Moisture Removal L/h 1.2 — 1.9 —
Running Current (Rated) A 3.5-3.3-3.2 / 3.5-3.3 4.4-4.2-3.9 / 4.4-4.2 4.9-4.7-4.5 / 4.9-4.7 5.2-5.0-4.8 / 5.2-5.0
Power Consumption W 600 (300~800) 840 (290~1,340) 1,010 (300~1,200) 1,110 (290~1,550)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 77.9-79.1-78.1 / 77.9-79.1 86.8-87.0-89.7 / 86.8-87.0 93.7-93.4-93.5 / 93.7-93.4 97.0-96.5-96.4 / 97.0-96.5
EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) W/W 4.10 (4.00~3.75) 4.01 (4.14~3.36) 3.31 (4.00~3.17) 3.55 (4.14~3.23)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Piping φ 9.5 φ 9.5
Connections Gas mm
Chargeless m 10 10
Amount of Additional Charge g/m 20 20
of Refrigerant
H 8.7 (307) 9.4 (332) 8.9 (314) 9.7 (342)
M 6.7 (237) 7.6 (268) 6.9 (242) 7.9 (277)
Air Flow Rate m³/min
(cfm) L 4.7 (166) 5.8 (205) 4.8 (169) 6.0 (212)
SL 3.9 (138) 5.0 (177) 4.0 (141) 5.2 (184)
Power Consumption (Rated) W 35-35-35 / 35-35 35-35-35 / 35-35 40-40-40 / 40-40 40-40-40 / 40-40
Power Factor % 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 93.6-95.1-97.2 / 93.6-95.1 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6
Weight kg 9 9
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 37/31/25/22 37/33/28/25 38/32/26/23 38/34/29/26
Sound
Outdoor Units RXS25EBVMA RXS35EBVMA
Compressor Model 1YC23NXD 1YC23NXD
Refrigerant Type FVC50K FVC50K
Type R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 1.0 1.0
H 33.5 (1,183) 30.2 (1,066) 33.5 (1,183) 30.2 (1,066)
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm)
L 23.4 (826) 28.3 (999) 23.4 (826) 28.3 (999)
Fan
Power Consumption (Rated) W 565-565-565 / 565-565 805-805-805 / 805-805 970-970-970 / 970-970 1,070-1,070-1,070 / 1,070-1,070
Power Factor % 77.1-74.4-77.2 / 77.1-74.4 86.5-86.6-89.4 / 86.5-86.6 93.6-89.7-93.3 / 93.6-89.7 97.1-96.5-96.3 / 97.1-96.5
Weight kg 34 34
Operation Sound dBA H : 46 L : 43 H : 47 L : 44 H : 47 L : 44 H : 48 L : 45
Sound Power dBA H:— H : 62 — 63
Drawing No. 3D062282 3D062283
Cooling Heating Piping Length Conversion Formulae
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Indoor ; 20°CDB kcal/h=kW×860
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB 7.5m Btu/h=kW×3414
cfm=m³/min×35.3

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Model RXS50FBVMA RXS60FBVMA
Outdoor Units
kW 5.17 (1.7~6.0) 5.86 (1.7~7.7) 5.89 (1.7~6.7) 6.96 (1.7~8.0)
Capacity Btu/h 17,600 (5,800~20,500) 20,000 (5,800~26,300) 20,100 (5,800~22,900) 23,700 (5,800~27,300)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 4,450 (1,460~5,160) 5,040 (1,460~6,620) 5,070 (1,460~5,760) 5,990 (1,460~6,880)
Running Current Rated A 7.0-6.7-6.4 / 7.0-6.7 7.4-7.1-6.8 / 7.4-7.1 9.5-9.1-8.7 / 9.5-9.1 9.4-9.0-8.6 / 9.4-9.0
Power Consumption W 1,500 (440~2,080) 1,610 (400~2,530) 2,050 (440~2,390) 2,030 (400~2,810)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 97.4-97.3-97.7 / 97.4-97.3 98.3-98.0-98.0 / 98.3-98.0 98.1-97.9-98.2 / 98.1-97.9 98.6-98.6-98.8 / 98.6-98.6
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Piping φ12.7 φ12.7
Connections Gas mm
Chargeless m 10 10
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTXS50GVMA FTXS60GVMA
H 14.7 (519) 16.2 (572) 16.2 (572) 17.4 (614)
M 12.6 (445) 13.8 (487) 13.9 (491) 15.3 (540)
Air Flow Rate m³/min
(cfm) L 10.2 (360) 11.5 (406) 11.5 (406) 12.8 (452)
SL 9.2 (325) 10.2 (360) 10.0 (353) 10.5 (371)
Power Consumption (Rated) W 34-34-34 / 34-34 36-36-36 / 36-36 40-40-40 / 40-40 45-45-45 / 45-45
Power Factor % 96.6-98.6-94.4 / 96.6-98.6 96.3-97.8-93.8 / 96.3-97.8 95.7-96.6-98.0 / 95.7-96.6 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238 290×1,050×238
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366 337×1,147×366
Weight kg 12 12
Operation Pressure H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30 45/41/36/33 44/40/35/32
Sound Power dBA 60 58 61 60
Outdoor Unit RXS50FBVMA RXS60FBVMA
Compressor Model 2YC36BXD 2YC36BXD
Motor Output W 1,100 1,100
Refrigerant Model FVC50K FVC50K
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 1.5 1.5
HH 50.9 (1,797) — 54.2 (1,914) —
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm) H 48.9 (1,727) 45.0 (1,589) 50.9 (1,797) 46.3 (1,635)
L 41.7 (1,472) 45.0 (1,589) 45.0 (1,589) 46.3 (1,635)
Fan
Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,466-1,466-1,466 / 1,574-1,574-1,574 / 2,010-2,010-2,010 / 1,985-1,985-1,985 /
1,466-1,466 1,574-1,574 2,010-2,010 1,985-1,985
Power Factor (Rated) % 97.4-95.1-97.7 / 97.4-95.1 98.3-98.0-98.1 / 98.3-98.0 98.1-96.0-98.2 / 98.1-96.0 98.6-98.6-98.8 / 98.6-98.6
Weight kg 48 48
Operation Pressure dBA H : 47 SL : 44 L : 48 SL : 45 H : 49 SL : 46 L : 49 SL : 46
Sound Power dBA H:— L : 62 H : 63 L : 63
Drawing No. 3D062271 3D062272
Conversion Formulae
Cooling Heating Piping Length
kcal/h=kW×860
Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Indoor ; 20°CDB 7.5m Btu/h=kW×3414
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB cfm=m³/min×35.3

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Indoor Units FTXS71GVMA
Model RXS71FBVMA
Outdoor Units
Cooling Heating
kW 7.05 (2.3~8.5) 8.04 (2.3~10.0)
Capacity Btu/h 24,100 (7,800~29,000) 27,400 (7,900~34,100)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 6,060 (1,980~7,310) 6,910 (1,980~8,600)
Running Current Rated A 10.9-10.5-10.0 / 10.9-10.5 11.4-10.9-10.4 / 11.4-10.9
Power Consumption W 2,380 (570~3,200) 2,470 (520~3,730)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor (Rated) % 99.2-98.6-99.2 / 99.2-98.6 98.5-98.5-99.0 / 98.5-98.5
EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) W/W 2.96 (4.04~2.66) 3.26 (4.42~2.68)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Liquid mm φ 6.4
Piping φ15.9
Connections Gas mm
Drain mm φ18.0
Heat Insulation Both Liquid and Gas Pipes
Max. Interunit Piping Length m 30
Max. Interunit Height Difference m 20
Chargeless m 10
Amount of Additional Charge of g/m 20
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTXS71GVMA
Front Panel Color White
H 17.4 (614) 21.5 (759)
m³/min M 14.6 (516) 18.0 (636)
Air Flow Rate (cfm) L 11.9 (420) 14.4 (508)
SL 11.2 (395) 13.3 (470)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Fan Motor Output W 43
Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet, Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal, Downward
Air Filter Removable / Washable / Mildew Proof
Power Factor % 97.4-97.8-98.7 / 97.4-97.8 97.4-96.6-96.2 / 97.4-96.6
Temperature Control Microcomputer Control
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 290×1,050×238
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 337×1,147×366
Weight kg 12
Gross Weight kg 17
Operation Pressure H/M/L/SL dBA 46/42/37/34 46/42/37/34
Sound Power dBA 62 62
Outdoor Unit RXS71FBVMA
Casing Color Ivory White
Type Hermetically Sealed Swing Type
Compressor Model 2YC63BXD
Motor Output W 1,920
Refrigerant Model FVC50K
Oil Charge L 0.75
Model R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.3
HH 57.1 (2,016) —
Air Flow Rate m³/min (cfm) H 54.5 (1,924) 52.5 (1,854)
L 46.0 (1,624) 52.5 (1,854)
Type Propeller
Fan
Motor Output W 66
Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,335-2,335-2,335 / 2,335-2,335 2,410-2,410-2,410 / 2,410-2,410
Power Factor % 99.3-96.7-99.2 / 99.3-96.7 98.5-98.6-99.0 / 98.5-98.6
Starting Current A 11.6
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 770×900×320
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 900×925×390
Weight kg 71
Gross Weight kg 80
Sound Pressure dBA H : 52 SL : 49 L : 52 SL : 49
Sound Power dBA H : 66 L : 66
Drawing No. 3D062273
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Indoor Units FTXS80GVMA
Model RXS80FBVMA
Outdoor Units
Cooling Heating
kW 7.80 (2.3~9.0) 9.52 (2.3~10.2)
Capacity Btu/h 26,600 (7,800~30,700) 32,500 (7,800~34,800)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 6,710 (1,980~7,740) 8,190 (1,980~8,770)
Running Current A 12.6-12.0-11.5 / 12.6-12.0 14.7-14.0-13.4 / 14.7-14.0
Rated
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 98.8-99.3-99.3 / 98.8-99.3 99.6-100.0-100.1 / 99.6-100.0
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Liquid mm φ 6.4
Piping φ15.9
Connections Gas mm
Drain mm φ18.0
Chargeless m 10
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTXS80GVMA
H 21.1 (745) 23.0 (812)
m³/min M 17.9 (632) 19.5 (689)
SL 12.9 (455) 14.5 (512)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Power Factor % 95.3-97.5-96.7 / 95.3-97.5 98.5-97.5-96.7 / 98.5-97.5
Weight kg 12
Gross Weight kg 17
Sound
Outdoor Unit RXS80FBVMA
Compressor Model 2YC63BXD
Oil Charge L 0.75
Model R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.3
HH 63.7 (2,249) —
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm) H 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087)
L 46.0 (1,624) 59.1 (2,087)
Type Propeller
Fan
Motor Output W 66
Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,675-2,675-2,675 / 2,675-2,675 3,155-3,155-3,155 / 3,155-3,155
Weight kg 71
Gross Weight kg 80
Operation Sound dBA H : 54 SL : 51 L : 54 SL : 51
Sound Power dBA H : 68 L : 68
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Indoor Units FTXS80HVMA FTXS90HVMA
Model RXS80HVMA RXS90HVMA
Outdoor Units
kW 8.0 (2.3~9.5) 9.5 (2.3~10.5) 9.0 (2.3~10.5) 10.0 (2.3~11.2)
Capacity Btu/h 27,300 (7,800~32,400) 32,400 (7,800~35,800) 30,700 (7,800~35,800) 34,100 (7,800~38,200)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 6,880 (1,980~8,170) 8,170 (1,980~9,030) 7,740 (1,980~9,030) 8,600 (1,980~9,630)
Running Current A 11.9-11.3-10.8 / 11.9-11.3 14.0-13.4-12.8 / 14.0-13.4 15.2-14.5-13.9 / 15.2-14.5 15.2-14.6-13.9 / 15.2-14.6
Rated
Power Consumption W 2,580 (570~3,800) 3,060 (520~3,870) 3,320 (570~4,320) 3,330 (520~4,340)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 98.5-99.3-99.5 / 98.5-99.3 99.4-99.3-99.6 / 99.4-99.3 99.3-99.6-99.5 / 99.3-99.6 99.6-99.2-99.8 / 99.6-99.2
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Piping φ15.9 φ15.9
Connections Gas mm
Chargeless m 10 10
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTXS80HVMA FTXS90HVMA
H 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852) 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852)
m³/min M 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723) 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723)
Airflow Rate (cfm) L 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601) 17.5 (619) 17.0 (601)
SL 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546) 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546)
Power Consumption (Rated) W 51 51 51 51
Power Factor % 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4
Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 340×1,200×240 340×1,200×240
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 325×1,310×429 325×1,310×429
Weight kg 17 17
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35 49 / 45 / 40 / 37 49 / 44 / 38 / 35
Sound
Sound Power dBA 65 65 65 65
Outdoor Unit RXS80HVMA RXS90HVMA
Compressor Model 2YC63BXD 2YC63BXD
Motor Output W 1,920 1,920
Refrigerant Model FVC50K FVC50K
Model R-410A R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.3 2.3
HH 63.7 (2,249) — 63.7 (2,249) —
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm) H 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087) 60.8 (2,147) 59.1 (2,087)
L 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624) 46.0 (1,624)
Fan
Running Current (Rated) A 11.65-11.06-10.57 / 13.75-13.16-12.57 / 14.95-14.26-13.67 / 14.95-14.36-13.67 /
11.65-11.06 13.75-13.16 14.95-14.26 14.95-14.36
Power Consumption (Rated) W 2,529 3,009 3,269 3,279
Power Factor (Rated) % 98.7-99.4-99.7 / 98.7-99.4 99.5-99.4-99.7 / 99.5-99.4 99.4-99.7-99.6 / 99.4-99.7 99.7-99.3-99.9 / 99.7-99.3
Weight kg 71 71
Operation H/SL dBA 54 / 51 54 / 51 54 / 51 54 / 51
Sound
Sound Power H dBA 68 68 68 68
Drawing No. 3D062300 3D062301A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Indoor Units FTXS100HVMA
Model RXS100HVMA
Outdoor Units
Cooling Heating
kW 9.9 (3.0~11.2) 11.0 (3.0~11.7)
Capacity Btu/h 33,800 (10,200~38,200) 37,500 (10,200~39,900)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 8,510 (2,580~9,630) 9,460 (2,580~10,060)
Running Current A 16.8-16.0-15.4 / 16.8-16.0 18.3-17.5-16.7 / 18.3-17.5
Rated
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 99.3-99.7-99.3 / 99.3-99.7 99.4-99.4-99.8 / 99.4-99.4
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Liquid mm φ 9.5
Piping φ15.9
Connections Gas mm
Drain mm φ18.0
Chargeless m 10
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTXS100HVMA
H 23.8 (840) 24.1 (852)
m³/min M 20.6 (726) 20.5 (723)
SL 15.8 (559) 15.5 (546)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Power Consumption (Rated) W 51 51
Power Factor % 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4 92.7-92.4-92.4 / 92.7-92.4
Weight kg 17
Gross Weight kg 23
Sound
Outdoor Unit RXS100HVMA
Compressor Model 2YC63FXD
Oil Charge L 0.75
Model R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 2.8
HH 81.2 (2,867) —
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm) H 74.4 (2,627) 74.4 (2,627)
L 65.6 (2,316) 65.6 (2,316)
Type Propeller
Fan
Motor Output W 200
Power Consumption (Rated) W 3,619 3,949
Packaged Dimensions (H×W×D) mm 1,120×966×388
Weight kg 80
Gross Weight kg 89
Operation H/SL dBA 54 / 51 55 / 51
Sound
Sound Power H dBA 68 69
Drawing No. 3D062302A
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860

50Hz 240V
Indoor Units FTXS50CVMA
Model RXS50BVMA
Outdoor Units
Cooling Heating
kW 4.68 (1.70~5.80) 5.44 (1.70~7.50)
Capacity Btu/h 16,000 (5,800~19,800) 18,600 (5,800~25,600)
Rated (Min.~Max.)
kcal/h 4,020 (1,460~4,990) 4,680 (1,460~6,450)
Moisture Removal L/h 2.9 —
Running Current (Rated) A 7.0 7.3
Rated (Min.~Max.)
Power Factor % 98.8 98.7
EER (Cooling) / COP (Heating) W/W 2.82 3.14
Liquid mm φ 6.4
Piping φ12.7
Connections Gas mm
Drain mm φ18.0
Chargeless m 10
Refrigerant
Indoor Unit FTXS50CVMA
H 11.4 (402) 12.6 (444)
m³/min M 9.8 (346) 10.9 (385)
SL 7.7 (271) 8.2 (291)
Type Cross Flow Fan
Speed Steps 5 Steps, Quiet and Auto
Air Direction Control Right, Left, Horizontal and Downward
Power Consumption (Rated) W 40 40
Weight kg 9
Gross Weight kg 13
Operation H/M/L/SL dBA 44/40/35/32 42/38/33/30
Sound
Sound Power H dBA 63 60
Outdoor Unit RXS50BVMA
Compressor Model 2YC32HXD
Oil Charge L 0.65
Model R-410A
Refrigerant
Charge kg 1.20
H 47.7 (1,684) 44.1 (1,557)
Airflow Rate m³/min (cfm)
L 44.1 (1,557) 44.1 (1,557)
Type Propeller
Fan
Motor Output W 53
Power Consumption (Rated) W 1,620 1,690
Weight kg 49
Gross Weight kg 53
Operation H/L dBA 47/44 48/45
Sound
Sound Power H dBA — 64
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW×860

Dimensions ED04-910
5. Dimensions
5.1 Indoor Units
5.1.1 Cooling Only
FTKS25GVMA, FTKS35GVMA
PERFORMANCE)
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
( SPACE FOR
AIR FLOW(INDOOR )
30MIN.
REAR
800
LEFT RIGHT
( INCLUDING
MOUNTING PLATE ) 50MIN. 50MIN.
197 (SPACEFOR (SPACE FOR
MAINTENANCE) REQUIRED SPACE
195 MAINTENANCE)
SIGNAL RECEIVER
NAME PLATE
OPERATION LAMP
283
TERMINAL BLOCK
TIMER LAMP
WITH EARTH
INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP TERMINAL
INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR

BOTTOM GAS PIPE 9.5Cut
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH DRAIN HOSE
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
FRONT PANEL FIXED SCREWS THE UNIT:ABOUT390) (CONNECTING PART
FLAPS ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR( INSIDE ) I. D. φ14
( INSIDE )
LIQUID PIPE 6.4CuT O. D.φ18
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDE
THE UNIT:ABOUT 340) THE UNIT IS APPROX. 440)
SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
800
13
711 49
17
58 18 BLADE ANGLE
DAIKIN
UP/DOWN( AUTOMATIC )
180
COOLING, DRY FAN
283
44.5
163
5°
10°
44.5
60 110
WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPING
50° 70° φ65 HOLE WALL HOLE
φ65 HOLE
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER RIGHT/LEFT( MANUAL ) STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
( ARC433B47 )
45°
45°
3D047958F
FTKS50GVMA, FTKS60GVMA
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
(FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)
PERFORMANCE)
(SPACE FOR
MIN. 30
REAR 1050 REAR
LEFT RIGHT
(SPACE FOR
MAINTENANCE)
MIN. 50 MIN. 50
(SPACE FOR
REQUIRED SPACE MAINTENANCE)
( INCLUDING
INSTALLATION PLATE )
240
238
OPERATION LAMP
MODEL NAME
SIGNAL RECEIVER PLATE
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF
290
SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH

EARTH TERMINAL
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR (INSIDE)
(INSIDE)
TIMER LAMP GAS PIPE φ12.7 CuT DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS HOME LEAVE LAMP (THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE (CONNECTING PART
THE UNIT : ABOUT 430) I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)
FLAPS (INSIDE) (THE HOSE LENGTH OF
LIQUID PIPE φ6.4 CuT OUTSIDE THE UNIT :
SIGNAL (THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE ABOUT 530)
TRANSMITTER THE UNIT : ABOUT 480)
18 1050
58
BLADE ANGLES
893.5 52.5
14.5
HORIZONTAL BLADE
30
(AUTOMATIC)
COOLING DRY
155.5
163
290
10°
52
5°
40° 10° 35° 5°
40°
35°
WIRELESS REMOTE FAN
52
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) 60 99.5 WALL HOLE

CONTROLLER φ80 HOLE
5° WALL HOLE FOR STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
(ARC433B71) EMBEDDED PIPING
5° 50° 50° φ80 HOLE
55° 3D054937B
55°

ED04-910 Dimensions
FTKS71GVMA
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
PERFORMANCE)
(SPACE FOR
MIN. 30
REAR 1050 REAR
LEFT RIGHT
(SPACE FOR
MAINTENANCE)
MIN. 50 MIN. 50
(SPACE FOR
INCLUDING REQUIRED SPACE MAINTENANCE)
( INSTALLATION PLATE )
240
238
OPERATION LAMP
MODEL NAME
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF
290
EARTH TERMINAL
(INSIDE)
TIMER LAMP DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT
(INSIDE) THE UNIT : ABOUT 430) I.D.14.0,O.D.18.0)
FLAPS (THE HOSE LENGTH OF
18 1050
58
BLADE ANGLES
893.5 52.5
14.5
HORIZONTAL BLADE
30
(AUTOMATIC)
COOLING DRY
155.5
163
290
10°
52
5°
40° 10° 5°
35°
40°
35°
WIRELESS REMOTE FAN WALL HOLE
52
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) 60 99.5
(ARC433B71)
EMBEDDED PIPING
50° φ80 HOLE
5° 50°
55° 3D054938B
55°
5.1.2 Heat Pump
FTXS25GVMA, FTXS35GVMA
PERFORMANCE )
( SPACE FOR
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION AIR FLOW( INDOOR )
30MIN.
REAR
800
LEFT RIGHT
( INCLUDING
MOUNTING PLATE ) 50MIN. 50MIN.
197 ( SPACE FOR
REQUIRED SPACE ( SPACE FOR
195 MAINTENANCE ) MAINTENANCE )
SIGNAL RECEIVER
NAME PLATE
OPERATION LAMP
283
TERMINAL BLOCK
TIMER LAMP
WITH EARTH
INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP TERMINAL

BOTTOM GAS PIPE 9.5Cut
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH DRAIN HOSE
( THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE
FRONT PANEL FIXED SCREWS THEUNIT:ABOUT390 ) ( CONNECTING PART
FLAPS ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR( INSIDE ) I. D.φ14
( INSIDE )
LIQUID PIPE 6.4CuT O. D.φ18
( THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDE
THE UNIT:ABOUT 340 ) THE UNIT IS APPROX. 440 )
SIGNAL TRANSMITTER
800
13
711 49
17
58 18 BLADE ANGLE
DAIKIN
UP/DOWN( AUTOMATIC )
180
COOLING, DRY
283
HEATING
44.5
FAN
163
10° 5°
44.5
60 110
50° 30°
70° φ65 HOLE WALL HOLE
65° φ65 HOLE
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER RIGHT/LEFT( MANUAL ) STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
( ARC433B46 )
45°
45°
3D047956E

Dimensions ED04-910
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
PERFORMANCE)
(SPACE FOR
MIN. 30
REAR 1050 REAR
LEFT RIGHT
(SPACE FOR
MAINTENANCE)
MIN. 50 MIN. 50
(SPACE FOR
INCLUDING REQUIRED SPACE MAINTENANCE)
240
238
OPERATION LAMP
MODEL NAME
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF
290
EARTH TERMINAL
(INSIDE)
18 1050
58 BLADE ANGLES
HORIZONTAL BLADE 893.5 52.5
14.5
30
(AUTOMATIC)
COOLING HEATING DRY
155.5
163
290
10°
52
15° 5°
40° 10° 15° 35° 5°
40° 55°
55° 35°
WIRELESS REMOTE FAN WALL HOLE
52
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) 60 99.5 φ80 HOLE
CONTROLLER
(ARC433B70) EMBEDDED PIPING
50°
5° 50° φ80 HOLE
55° 3D054935B
55°
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
PERFORMANCE)
(SPACE FOR
MIN. 30
REAR 1050 REAR
LEFT RIGHT
(SPACE FOR
MAINTENANCE)
MIN. 50 MIN. 50
(SPACE FOR
REQUIRED SPACE MAINTENANCE)
( INCLUDING
INSTALLATION PLATE )
240
238
OPERATION LAMP
SIGNAL RECEIVER MODEL NAME
PLATE
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF
290

ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR EARTH TERMINAL
(INSIDE) (INSIDE)
18 1050
58
BLADE ANGLES 893.5
HORIZONTAL BLADE 52.5
14.5
30
(AUTOMATIC)
COOLING HEATING DRY
155.5
163
290
10°
52
15° 5°
40° 10° 15° 35° 5°
40° 55°
55° 35°
WIRELESS REMOTE FAN
52
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) 60 99.5 WALL HOLE

(ARC433B70)
EMBEDDED PIPING
50° φ80 HOLE
5° 50°
55° 3D054936B
55°

ED04-910 Dimensions
FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA
PERFORMANCE)
AIR FLOW (INDOOR)
(SPACE FOR
1200
30MIN
REAR
LEFT RIGHT
INCLUDING
( MOUNTING PLATE )
242
240
50MIN 50MIN
FRONT NAME (SPACE FOR (SPACE FOR
GRILLE PLATE MAINTENANCE) REQUIRED SPACE MAINTENANCE)
340
FIXED
TERMINAL
SCREWS
BLOCK
(INSIDE) WITH EARTH
TERMINAL
BOTTOM FLAPS SIGNAL RECEIVER INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR

OPERATION LAMP
TIMER LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE LAMP
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH GAS PIPE φ15.9 CuT DRAIN HOSE
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE (CONNECTING PART
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR (INSIDE) THE UNIT: ABOUT 400) I.D. φ14
MODEL NAME PLATE O.D. φ18
LIQUID PIPE φ9.5 CuT THE HOSE LENGTH OF OUTSIDE
FRONT GRILLE FIXTURES
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE THE UNIT IS APPROX. 465)
SIGNAL
THE UNIT: ABOUT 460)
TRANSMITTER
UP/DOWN
BLADE ANGLES 1200
58 18 (AUTOMATIC)
14.5
1085 35.5
16
COOLING, DRY HEATING FAN
210
15° 15°
340
30°
187
25°
45
40° 25°
50° 60° 75° 75°
70° 70°
45
65 WALL HOLE FOR EMBEDDED PIPING 89
φ80 HOLE
WALL HOLE
RIGHT/LEFT φ80 HOLE
STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
(AUTOMATIC)
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER 45° °
45
(ARC452A4)
3D061458
FTXS50CVMA
AIR FLOW(INDOOR)
THE MARK (→) SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION (FOR PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE)
MAINTENANCE)
(SPACE FOR
REAR REAR
MIN.30
795
LEFT RIGHT
INCLUDING
MIN. 50 MIN. 50
240
(SPACE FOR (SPACE FOR
238 MAINTENANCE) REQUIRED SPACE MAINTENANCE)
MODEL NAME
PLATE
290
OPERATION LAMP TERMINAL BLOCK

WITH EARTH
SIGNAL RECEIVER TERMINAL
INDOOR UNIT ON/OFF SWITCH (INSIDE)
BOTTOM INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR
ROOM TEMP. THERMISTOR(INSIDE)
FRONT GRILLE FIXING SCREWS GAS PIPE 12.7 CuT DRAIN HOSE FOR VP13
TIMER LAMP
(INSIDE) (THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE CONNECTING PART
HOME LEAVE LAMP
THE UNIT : ABOUT 400) I.D. 14
FLAPS
LIQUID PIPE 6.4 CuT O.D. 18
(THE LENGTH OF PIPE OUTSIDE THE HOSE LENGTH OF
SIGNAL BLADE ANGLES THE UNIT : ABOUT 450) OUTSIDE THE UNIT :
TRANSMITTER HORIZONTAL BLADE ABOUT 500
18 (AUTOMATIC) 795
58
14.5
30
625.5 62.5
COOLING HEATING DRY
155.5
163
10° 5°
290
15°
44.5
40° 10°
15° 35° 5°
40° 55°
55° 35°
FAN
VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) 60 98 WALL HOLE
44.5
WIRELESS REMOTE 5° φ80 HOLE

CONTROLLER 5° φ80 HOLE
50° °
ARC433B70 55° 50 STANDARD LOCATIONS OF WALL HOLES
55°
3D056565A

Dimensions ED04-910
5.2 Outdoor Units
RK(X)S25EBVMA, RK(X)S35EBVMA
WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE

4 - HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE =LESS THAN 1200
150
DRAIN OUTLET
(I.D φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION) (M8 OR M10)
574 105.5
490
13
100
150
50 50
29.5
50
311
300
50
100
HANDLE
BRAND NAME LABEL
285 8 12 765 63
OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR
MANUFACTURE'S LIQUID
LABEL STOP VALVE
(φ6.4CuT)
WIRING
INLET
550
SERVICE
PORT
165
105
196 22
INDICATION LABEL IN CASE OF REMOVING
STOP VALVE COVER
GAS STOP VALVE
(φ9.5CuT)
3D059795B
RK(X)S50FBVMA, RK(X)S60FBVMA
DRAIN OUTLET WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE

MINIMUM SPACE FOR AIR PASSAGE
(I.D. φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION) =LESS THAN 1200
100
825 78
325
100
350
124 580
2
36
50 50
50
350
330
300
350
100
350
IN CASE OF REMOVING
10
25
STOP VALVE COVER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE

NAME PLATE THERMISTOR
4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS TERMINALSTRIP
(M8 OR M10) BRAND NAME LABEL WIRING INLET
WITH EARTH TERMINAL
735
89 64
LIQUID STOP VALVE 155 18

(φ6.4CuT) 160 30
GAS STOP VALVE
SERVICE PORT
(φ12.7CuT)
3D062061

ED04-910 Dimensions
RK(X)S71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA

900
620 140 4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200
(M12)
100
350
102 71
(345~355)
320
350
380
100
50 50
117
100
30
30
350
350
45 376 191
DRAIN OUTLET
I.D.φ25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION. 50
GAS STOP VALVE

TERMINAL STRIP OUTDOOR AIR
BRAND NAME LABEL NAME PLATE WITH EARTH TERMINAL THERMISTOR
LIQUID STOP VALVE
770
410
126
GAS PIPE
90
50
(φ15.9 SINGLE UNION)

78 104 30
INTERCONNECTING PIPING
108 AND WIRING INLET 67 LIQUID PIPE
3D062060
RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA

900
620 140 4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200
(M12)
100
350
102 71
(345~355)
320
350
380
100
50 50
117
100
30
30
350
350
45 376 191
DRAIN OUTLET
I.D. φ25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION. 50
GAS STOP VALVE

TERMINAL STRIP OUTDOOR AIR
BRAND NAME LABEL NAME PLATE WITH EARTH TERMINAL THERMISTOR
LIQUID STOP VALVE
770
LIQUID PIPE
410

354
GAS PIPE
202

50
78 104
INTERCONNECTING PIPING 67
91 AND WIRING INLET
3D062059A

Dimensions ED04-910
RXS100HVMA
940 WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE = LESS THAN 1200
620 160
100
350
4-CUTS FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
(M12)
67 68
(345 ~355)
100
320
350
380
50 50
151
100
350
350
30
47 395 191
DRAIN OUTLET
I.D. φ 25 HOSE FOR CONNECTION. 50
NAME PLATE GAS STOP VALVE TERMINAL STRIP

LIQUID STOP VALVE OUTDOOR AIR
EARTH TERMINAL THERMISTOR
990
565
100 55
GAS PIPE
50
(φ15.9
43 SINGLE UNION)
77 84 INTERCONNECTING PIPING
AND WIRING INLET LIQUID PIPE
89 (φ9.5 SINGLE UNION) 3D062297
RXS50BVMA
DRAIN OUTLET WALL HEIGHT ON AIR OUTLET SIDE

(I.D. φ15.9 HOSE FOR CONNECTION)
100
=LESS THAN 1200
825 78
325
100
350
124 580
2
50 50
36
50
350
350
330
300
100
350
IN CASE OF REMOVING
STOP VALVE COVER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE
10
25
NAME PLATE THERMISTOR

4-HOLES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS TERMINAL STRIP
BRAND NAME LABEL WIRING INLET WITH EARTH TERMINAL
(M8 OR M10)
735
89 64
R
EF
IE
O
O
N
Z ND
LY
LIQUID STOP VALVE 155 18

INDICATION LABEL (φ6.4 CuT) 160 30
(REFRIGERANT)
GAS STOP VALVE
SERVICE PORT
(φ12.7 CuT)
3D034257G

ED04-910 Wiring Diagrams
6. Wiring Diagrams
6.1 Indoor Units
FTK(X)S25GVMA, FTK(X)S35GVMA
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3 S27 S26 PCB1 F1U H1 1

~ ~
LED1 RECTIFIER 3.15A X1M 2
V1 BLK 1
H1P 3
H2 OUTDOOR
LED2 WHT 2
H2P RED 3
GRN / CAUTION
LED3 TRANSMISSION H3 YLW NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
H3P CIRCUIT RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
FG TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
S1W ON AGAIN.
S1
S21 7 RED
t°
R1T HA
BLU FG : FRAME GROUND
BRN F1U : FUSE
M H1P~H3P : PILOT LAMP
ORG
M1F : FAN MOTOR
1 WHT M1S : SWING MOTOR
PCB4 S36 S35 M1F
PCB1~PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR.
INTELLIGENT EYE S28 S32 1 S6 5 S1~S38 : CONNECTOR
SENSOR S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
: PROTECTIVE EARTH
ORG
RED
YLW
PNK
BLU
PCB2
t°
S29
WIRELESS R2T
REMOTE SIGNAL INDOOR
M
CONTROLLER RECEIVER
M1S
3D046453D
FTK(X)S50GVMA, FTK(X)S60GVMA, FTK(X)S71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3 S27 S26 PCB1 H1 1
~ ~
RECTIFIER Fu X1M 2
3.15A BLK 1
H2 3
OUTDOOR
t° WHT 2
RED 3
R1T GRN CAUTION
TRANSMISSION H3 /
S38 YLW NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
CIRCUIT
FG RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
PCB4 THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
S37 S1 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
S21 7
RED ON AGAIN.
LED1 LED2 LED3
BLU M FG : FRAME GROUND

H1P H2P H3P BRN Fu : FUSE
ORG M1F H1 ~ H3 : HARNESS
PCB5 1 WHT
S36 S35 H1P ~ H3P : PILOT LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE S28 S32 1 S6 5 1 S8 6 M1F : FAN MOTOR
SENSOR M1S, M2S : SWING MOTOR
PCB1~ PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
PNK
PNK
ORG
ORG
BLU
BLU
PCB2 R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR

t°
S29 INDOOR S1 ~ S38 : CONNECTOR
SIGNAL R2T S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
RECEIVER M
M X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
WIRELESS
S1W : PROTECTIVE EARTH
REMOTE M1S M2S
CONTROLLER 3D038530Q

Wiring Diagrams ED04-910
FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3 S49 S46 PCB1 F1U H1 1

~ ~
LED1 RECTIFIER 3.15A X1M 2
H1P V1 BLK 1
3
LED2 H2
WHT 2 OUTDOOR
H2P RED 3
LED3 TRANSMISSION H3 GRN CAUTION
H3P GRN NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
CIRCUIT
/ YLW RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
FG
S1W THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
S1 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
S21
RED ON AGAIN.
t˚
R1T HA
BRN F1U : FUSE
M
ORG
WHT H1P~H3P : PILOT LAMP
PCB4 S26 S25 M1F
M1F : FAN MOTOR
INTELLIGENT EYE : SWING MOTOR
S47 S32 S41 M1S~M3S
SENSOR PCB1~PCB4 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR
ORG
ORG
ORG
YLW
YLW
YLW
RED
RED
RED
PNK
PNK
PNK
BLU
BLU
BLU
PCB2
t˚ S1~S49 : CONNECTOR
S48
R2T S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
WIRELESS SIGNAL INDOOR X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
M M M
REMOTE RECEIVER : PROTECTIVE EARTH
M1S M2S M3S
CONTROLLER
3D060942
FTXS50CVMA
FIELD WIRING.
PCB3 S27 S26 PCB1 H1 1
~ ~
RECTIFIER Fu X1M 2
3.15A BLK 1
H2 3
t° OUTDOOR
WHT 2
RED 3
R1T H3 GRN CAUTION
TRANSMISSION / YLW
S38 NOTE THAT OPERATION WILL
CIRCUIT
FG RESTART AUTOMATICALLY IF
THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY IS
PCB4 TURNED OFF AND THEN BACK
S37 S1 ON AGAIN.
S21 7 RED
LED1 LED2 LED3
H1P H2P H3P BRN Fu : FUSE
M
ORG
H1~H3 : HARNESS
1 WHT
PCB5 S36 S35 M1F H1P~H3P : PILOT LAMP
INTELLIGENT EYE S28 S32 1 S6 5 1 S8 6 M1F : FAN MOTOR
SENSOR M1S, M2S : SWING MOTOR
PCB1~PCB5 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
ORG
ORG
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
YLW
PNK
PNK
BLU
BLU
PCB2 t° R1T, R2T : THERMISTOR

INDOOR : CONNECTOR
SIGNAL S29 S1~S38
R2T
RECEIVER M S1W : OPERATION SWITCH
M
WIRELESS X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
S1W
REMOTE M1S M2S : PROTECTIVE EARTH
CONTROLLER
3D038065J

6.2 Outdoor Units
RK(X)S25EBVMA, RK(X)S35EBVMA
R12T
BRN t°
C100
BLK
BLK
YLW
indoor FIELD WIRING. HC2 HC1
FU3
PCB1 MRM20
L1R
ORG
HC3 HC4 IPM1
X1M Z2C HL1 20A
L1 HR1 HR2 DB1
1 L 1 BLK ORG ~ + +
HN1 MRM10 HL2
2 N 2 WHT
V2 HN2
GRY DB2
+
C94
+
HN3
3 3 RED S BLU ~ _ ~ + C74 _ _
FU2
HL3 3.15A
SA1 S11
L ~ _
1 WHT 1 FU1 IC11
+ +
N BLK C75 _ _ C95
GRN/YLW
V3 BLK 3.15A
V1 _
E BLK S10
BLK W V U
BLK PCB2
GRN/YLW
7 BLK 7
MRCW
S70
S20 1 S90 6 S40 S30
1 6 1 3 1 2 34 7
S80 2 1 5 3 1
WHT
RED
YLW
GRY
BRN
RED
BLU
BLK
ORG
BLU
WHT
ORG
BRN
RED
YLW
outdoor
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
NOTE
1. REFER TO THE NAMEPLATE FOR THE POWER REQUIREMENTS. 1 3
S80 Y1R t° t° t°
M V Z1C
M 1~ N=2
C74, C75 IN CASE OF Y1E IN CASE OF Q1L
R1T R2T R3T M1F
C94, C95, C100 : CAPACITOR COOLING ONLY HEAT PUMP W U
(OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE)
DB1, DB2 : DIODE BRIDGE TYPE TYPE (CONDENSER) M1C
FU1, FU2, FU3 : FUSE
IC11 : TRIAC N : NEUTRAL
IPM1 SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER
: INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE PCB1, PCB2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
L : LIVE V1, V2, V3 : VARISTOR
Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
L1 : COIL X1M : TERMINAL STRIP
R1T, R2T, R3T, R12T : THERMISTOR
L1R : REACTOR Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL
S10, S11, S20
M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR S30, S40, S70 Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOIDE VALVE COIL
M1F : FAN MOTOR S80, S90, S91 Z1C, Z2C : FERRITE CORE
MRCW, MRM10, MRM20 : MAGNETIC RELAY HC3, HC4, HL3, HN3 : CONNECTOR : PROTECTIVE EARTH
3D046707L
RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA
L1R
GRN
GRN
WHT
WHT
YLW
X1M Z1C
GRN HR1 HR2 FU3 7
E1 E2 RED M1F
L SA2 MRM20 3.15A
POWER SUPPLY FU1 M
Z2C AC1 30A V2 MRM10 BLU
L N BRN 1 6(P) S70 BRN
N 9 8 + + + ORG
V11 1 WHT
Z3C AC2 V6 7(N)
BLU 2
BLK
PM1 M1C
WHT
X11A
TO INDOOR UNIT X2M Z4C 5 U RED RED
U
1 1 RED 1 FU2 V V M
2 2 3.15A 4 YLW YLW 3~
S10 W
3 3 3 BLU BLU
W
V3
Q1L
BLK
BLK
MRC W
PCB1
S40
1 4
V5
SHEET METAL
1 S515 1S1015 3 S80 1 1 S20 6 1 S90 6
indoor
WHT
GRN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BRN
RED
WHT
ORG
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLU
YLW
FIELD WIRING
t° t° t°
1 S52 5 1 S102 5 M
PCB2 R3T R2T R1T
Y1E
LED A S2 (OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
SW1 SW4
outdoor
Z1C ~ Z4C : FERRITE CORE

X1M, X2M : TERMINAL STRIP MRM10, MRM20 L : LIVE M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR
Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY N : NEUTRAL M1F : FAN MOTOR
V2, V3, V5, V6, V11 : VARISTOR R1T ~ R3T : THERMISTOR SW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1) L1R : REACTOR
SA2 : SURGE ARRESTER S2 ~ S102 : CONNECTOR SW4 : LOCALSETTING SW (SW4) Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
FU1, FU2, FU3 : FUSE LEDA : PILOT LAMP PM1 : POWER MODULE
AC1, AC2 PCB1, 2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
U, V, W, X11A STEEL METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
E1, E2
3D050981K
HR1, HR2 : CONNECTOR

RKS71FBVMA
L1R
GRN
GRN Z7C
YLW
Z1C
WHT
X1M Z6C
BLU
GRN FU3 7
E1 E2 RED M1F
L SA2 MRM20 HR1 HR2 V100 3.15A
POWER SUPPLY FU1 M
L Z2C AC1 30A V2 MRM10 BLU
N N BRN 1 6(P) S70 BRN
9 8 + + + ORG
1 WHT
Z3C V9 7(N)
AC2
BLK
BLU 2
WHT
PM1 Z5C X11A M1C

TO INDOOR UNIT X2M Z4C U U
5 RED RED
1 1 RED 1 FU2 V V M
2 3.15A 4 YLW YLW 3~
2 S10 W
3 3 3 BLU BLU
W
V3
Q1L
BLK
BLK
MRC W
PCB1
S40
1 4
V5
SHEET METAL
1 S51 5 1 S101 5 6 4 S80 1 1 S20 6 1 S90 6

indoor
WHT
WHT
ORG
GRN
GRY
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
FIELD WIRING
t° t° t°
1 S52 5 1 S102 5 M
PCB2 R3T R2T R1T
S2 Y1E
LED A (OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
SW1 SW4
outdoor
Z1C~Z7C : FERRITE CORE

X1M,X2M : TERMINAL STRIP MRM10,MRM20
Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY L : LIVE M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR
V2,V3,V5,V9,V100 : VARISTOR R1T~R3T : THERMISTOR N : NEUTRAL M1F : FAN MOTOR
SA2 : SURGE ARRESTER S2~S102 : CONNECTOR SW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1) L1R : REACTOR
FU1,FU2,FU3 : FUSE LEDA : PILOT LAMP SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4) Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
AC1,AC2 PM1 : POWER MODULE
U,V,W,X11A,X12A PCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
E1,E2 SHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
HR1,HR2 : CONNECTOR 3D053930C
RXS50FBVMA
L1R
GRN
GRN
WHT
WHT
YLW
X1M Z1C
FU3 Z5C X12A
GRN HR1 HR2 7 RED
RED
L SA2 E1 E2 MRM20 M1F
POWER SUPPLY 3.15A
FU1 V2 BLU M
L Z2C AC1 30A MRM10 BLU
BRN
N N BRN 1 6(P) S70 BRN ORG
9 8 + + + ORG
V11 1 WHT WHT
Z3C AC2 V6 7(N)
2
BLK
BLU
M1C
WHT
TO INDOOR UNIT PM1 X11A

X2M Z4C U U
5 RED RED
1 1 RED 1 FU2 V V M
2 2 3.15A 4 YLW YLW
3~
S10 W
3 3 3 BLU BLU W
V3
Q1L
BLK
BLK
PCB1
MRC W
S40
1 4
V5
SHEET METAL
1 S51 5 1 S101 5 3 S80 1 1 S20 6 1 S90 6
indoor
WHT
GRN
WHT
ORG
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BRN
RED
BLK
BLK
BLK
YLW
BLK
BLU
FIELD WIRING
t° t° t°
1 S52 5 1 S102 5 M
PCB2 Y1R R3T R2T R1T
S2 Y1E (OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
LED A
(CONDENSER)
SW1 SW4
outdoor

V2, V3, V5, V6, V11 : VARISTOR R1T~R3T : THERMISTOR SW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1) L1R : REACTOR
SA2 : SURGE ARRESTER S2~S102 : CONNECTOR SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4) Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
AC1, AC2 PCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
U, V, W, X11A, X12A Y1R : REVERSING SORENOID VALVE COIL
E1, E2 STEELMETAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE 3D056095A

RXS60FBVMA
L1R
GRN
GRN
WHT
WHT
YLW
X1M Z1C
GRN HR1 HR2 FU3 7
E1 E2 RED M1F
L SA2 MRM20 3.15A
POWER SUPPLY FU1 M
Z2C AC1 30A V2 MRM10 BLU
L N BRN 1 6(P) S70 BRN
N 9 8 + + + ORG
V11 1 WHT
Z3C AC2 V6 7(N)
BLU 2
BLK
M1C
WHT
PM1 X11A
5 RED RED
1 1 RED 1 FU2 V V M
2 2 3.15A 4 YLW YLW
3~
S10 W
3 3 3 BLU BLU
W
V3
Q1L
BLK
BLK
MRC W
PCB1
S40
1 4
V5
SHEET METAL
1 S51 5 1 S101 5 3 S80 1 1 S20 6 1 S90 6
indoor
WHT
ORG
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
WHT
BRN
GRN
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
RED
YLW
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
FIELD WIRING
t° t° t°
1 S52 5 1 S102 5 M
PCB2 Y1R R3T R2T R1T
Y1E
LED A S2 (OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
SW1 SW4
outdoor
Z1C ~ Z4C : FERRITE CORE

V2, V3, V5, V6, V11 : VARISTOR R1T ~ R3T : THERMISTOR SW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW(SW1) L1R : REACTOR
SA2 : SURGE ARRESTER S2 ~ S102 : CONNECTOR SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4) Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
U, V, W, X11A Y1R : REVERSING SORENOID VALVE COIL
E1, E2 SHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE 3D050706H
RXS71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
L1R
GRN
GRN Z7C
YLW
Z1C
WHT
X1M Z6C
BLU
GRN FU3 7
E1 E2 RED M1F
L SA2 MRM20 HR1 HR2 3.15A
POWER SUPPLY V100
FU1 M
L Z2C AC1 30A V2 MRM10 BLU
N N BRN 1 6(P) S70 BRN
9 8 + + + ORG
1 WHT
Z3C AC2 V9 7(N)
BLK
BLU 2
WHT
PM1 Z5C X11A M1C

5 RED RED
1 1 RED 1 FU2 V V M
2 3.15A 4 YLW YLW 3~
2 S10 W
3 3 3 BLU BLU W
V3
Q1L
BLK
BLK
MRC W
PCB1
S40
1 4
V5
SHEET METAL
1 S51 5 1 S101 5 6 4 S80 1 1 S20 6 1 S90 6

indoor
WHT
WHT
ORG
GRN
GRY
RED
BRN
RED
YLW
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
FIELD WIRING
t° t° t°
1 S52 5 1 S102 5 M
PCB2 R3T R2T R1T
S2 Y1R Y1E
LED A (OUTDOOR)(DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
SW1 SW4
outdoor

X1M,X2M : TERMINAL STRIP MRM10,MRM20
Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY L : LIVE M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR
V2,V3,V5,V9,V100 : VARISTOR R1T~R3T : THERMISTOR N : NEUTRAL M1F : FAN MOTOR
SA2 : SURGE ARRESTER S2~S102 : CONNECTOR SW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1) L1R : REACTOR
FU1,FU2,FU3 : FUSE LEDA : PILOT LAMP SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4) Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
AC1,AC2 PM1 : POWER MODULE
U,V,W,X11A,X12A PCB1,2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
E1,E2 Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
HR1,HR2 : CONNECTOR SHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE 3D053931B

RXS100HVMA
L1R
GRN
GRN Z6C
YLW
X1M Z1C
WHT
Z8C
BLU
GRN FU3 7
E1 RED M1F
L SA2 E2 MRM20 HR1 HR2 3.15A
POWER SUPPLY V100
FU1 V2 M
L Z2C AC1 30A MRM10 BLU
N N BRN 1 6(P) + + + S70 BRN
9 8 ORG
1 WHT
Z3C AC2 V9 7(N)
BLK
TO INDOOR UNIT BLU 2 Z5C X11A M1C

U U
WHT
PM1 5 RED RED

X2M Z4C V V M
1 4 YLW YLW
1 RED 1 FU2 W 3~
2 2 S10 3.15A 3 BLU BLU
3 3 W
V3
Q1L
MRC / W
BLK
BLK
PCB1 X12A
BLK
BLK
V5
SHEET METAL S40
1 4
indoor
1 S51 5 1 S101 5 4 S80 1 1 S20 6 1 S90 6
WHT
GRY
GRN
RED
RED
RED
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
Z7C
BLK
BLK
FIELD WIRING
WHT
ORG
YLW
BRN
RED
BLU
t˚ t˚ t˚
1 S52 5 1 S102 5
PCB2 Y1R M R3T R2T R1T
LED A S2 (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE)
Y1E (CONDENSER)
SW1 SW4
outdoor

Y1E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE COIL MRC / W : MAGNETIC RELAY N : NEUTRAL M1F : FAN MOTOR
V2, V3, V5, V9, V100 : VARISTOR R1T~R3T : THERMISTOR SW1 : FORCED OPERATION ON / OFF SW (SW1) L1R : REACTOR
SA2 : SURGE ARRESTER S2~S102 : CONNECTOR SW4 : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4) Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
U, V, W, X11A, X12A Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL
E1, E2 SHEET METAL : TERMINAL STRIP FIXED PLATE
HR1, HR2 : CONNECTOR 3D061505
RXS50BVMA
PCB2 L1R FU201 7

HE2 HE1 MID RED
GRN Z1C 3.15A M1F
1M
YLW GRN ORG ORG
SA1 P1 BLU
YLW E MRM20 + + + S70 BRN
DB1 L1 L2 P1
ORG
HL FU1 V3 HAC1 AC1 MRM10 H1 Z2C + N1
N1
1 WHT
BLK YLW ~ RED + P2
30A P2 M1C
X11A
CT1 H2 TB6 W RED U
AC2 W BLU
BLK ~ - -
SPM TB5 V V M N
WHT BLU BLK V YLW YLW
V2 TB4 U 3
CN11 U RED BLU W
GRN 1 N BRN BRN
YLW R12T
FU2 Q1L
3.15A 1 CN14 10 1 S72 8 1 S34 10
TO INDOOR UNIT X1M 5
t°
S10 V5
3
WHT
GRY
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BRN
RED
ORG
BLK
BLK
3
BLK
BLK
RED
BRN
RED
BLU
1
YLW
BLU
2 2
1 3
1
1 3 1 5 1 9 1 8 1 10 1 4
S91 S32 S31 S71 S33 S40
N
MRC W
1 8
L
PCB1 S6
POWER SUPPLY
~50Hz 220-240V 1 S51 5 1 S101 5 1 3 1 S20 6 1 S90 6
~60Hz 220-230V S80
BLK
BLK
WHT
WHT
ORG
GRY
GRY
BRN
RED
YLW
GRN
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLU
BLK
RED
FIELD WIRING indoor t° t° t°

1 S52 5 1 S102 5 M
Y1R
S2 R3T R2T R1T
LEDA Y2E outdoor
S1W S4W (OUTDOOR) (DISCHARGE)
(CONDENSER)
Z1C, Z2C : FERRITE CORE S2~S102 : CONNECTOR L1R : REACTOR

X1M : TERMINAL STRIP LEDA : PILOT LAMP Q1L : OVERLOAD PROTECTOR
Y2E : ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE PCB1, PCB2 : PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CT1 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER
V2~V5 : VARISTOR L : LIVE MID : MOLDED INTER CONNECT DEVICE
FU1, FU2, FU201 : FUSE N : NEUTRAL SPM : SYSTEM POWER MODULE ASSIGNMENTS OF
HE1, HE2, HAC1 S1W : FORCED OPERATION ON/OFF SW (SW1) TERMINALS OF THE COMP.
E, AC1, C2 S4W : LOCAL SETTING SW (SW4) U
H1, H2, HL SA1 : SURGE ARRESTER
L1, L2, X11A : CONNECTOR Y1R : REVERSING SOLENOID VALVE COIL V N
MRM10, MRM20 DB1 : DIODE BRIDGE
MRC/W : MAGNETIC RELAY M1C : COMPRESSOR MOTOR W 3D037854J
R1T~R3T : THERMISTOR M1F : FAN MOTOR

ED04-910 Piping Diagrams
7. Piping Diagrams
7.1 Indoor Units
7.1.1 Cooling Only
FTKS25GVMA, FTKS35GVMA FTKS50GVMA, FTKS60GVMA
INDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT
MAFFLER ASSY HEAT EXCHANGER

7.0CuT
(7.9CuT)
6.4CuT
THERMISTOR 6.4CuT HEAT EXCHANGER

7.9CuT
ON HEAT EXCH.
6.4CuT
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN
FIELD PIPING CROSS FLOW FAN
(6.4CuT) FIELD PIPING
M (6.4CuT) M
FAN MOTOR
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING 9.5CuT
(12.7CuT) (12.7CuT)
(9.5CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW REFRIGERANT FLOW

COOLING COOLING
4D050757C 4D054932C
FTKS71GVMA
INDOOR UNIT
(7.9CuT)
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN

FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT) M
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(15.9CuT) (12.7CuT)
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
4D050919G

Piping Diagrams ED04-910
7.1.2 Heat Pump

FTXS25GVMA, FTXS35GVMA FTXS50GVMA, FTXS60GVMA, FTXS50CVMA

MAFFLER ASSY
HEAT EXCHANGER
7.0CuT
(7.9CuT)
6.4CuT
THERMISTOR HEAT EXCHANGER

6.4CuT
7.9CuT
ON HEAT EXCH.
6.4CuT
THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH.
CROSS FLOW FAN
CROSS FLOW FAN FIELD PIPING
FIELD PIPING
(6.4CuT) M
(6.4CuT)
M FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
FAN MOTOR (12.7CuT) (12.7CuT)
FIELD PIPING 9.5CuT

(9.5CuT) REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
4D047912K 4D040081R
FTXS71GVMA, FTXS80GVMA FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA, FTXS100HVMA
7.9CuT
(7.9CuT)
DISTRIBUTOR
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR THERMISTOR
ON HEAT EXCH. CROSS FLOW FAN ON HEAT EXCH.
FIELD PIPING
CROSS FLOW FAN 9.5CuT
FIELD PIPING M
(6.4CuT) M FAN MOTOR
HEADER
FAN MOTOR
FIELD PIPING
(15.9CuT) (12.7CuT) FIELD PIPING
15.9CuT 12.7CuT
REFRIGERANT FLOW REFRIGERANT FLOW

COOLING
COOLING
HEATING
HEATING
4D040082Q 4D061965

7.2 Outdoor Units

7.2.1 Cooling Only
RKS25EBVMA, RKS35EBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
7.0CuT HEAT EXCHANGER THERMISTOR
9.5CuT
7.0CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR MOTOR OPERATED
4.8CuT VALVE
6.4CuT 6.4CuT
φ. 4.0×ID. 2.0CuT
4.8CuT MUFFLER MUFFLER
M WITH WITH
FILTER FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
9.5CuT
9.5CuT
MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
6.4CuT
FOUR WAY
7.9CuT
9.5CuT
VALVE FIELD PIPING

NORMALLY : OFF (6.4CuT)
LIQUID STOP
VALVE
MUFFLER
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR
7.9CuT
9.5CuT 9.5CuT FIELD PIPING

COMPRESSOR (9.5CuT)
MUFFLER GAS STOP
ACCUMULATOR REFRIGERANT FLOW
VALVE
COOLING
3D047318F
RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
7.9CuT HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE
7.9CuT THERMISTOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
12.7CuT 7.9CuT CAPILLARY TUBE 1
7.9CuT 7.9CuT 4.0CuT MUFFLER
7.9CuT 4.0CuT WITH
7.9CuT FILTER REFRIGERANT FLOW
7.9CuT CAPILLARY TUBE 2 6.4CuT COOLING
CAPILLARY TUBE 3
6.4CuT
4.0CuT
HEAT 4.0CuT
EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR CAPILLARY TUBE 4
M
6.4CuT
PROPELLER FAN
12.7CuT
MOTOR OPERATED
VALVE
12.7CuT 12.7CuT
MUFFLER
FOUR WAY WITH FILTER
7.9CuT
VALVE
12.7CuT
NORMALLY:OFF
MUFFLER MUFFLER FIELD PIPING
6.4CuT (6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT
LIQUID
DISCHARGE PIPE 12.7CuT STOP VALVE
THERMISTOR
12.7CuT FIELD PIPING
(12.7 CuT)
GAS STOP VALVE
COMPRESSOR WITH SERVICE PORT
3D051636J

RKS71FBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE

7.9CuT THERMISTOR
7.9CuT
HEADER
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT HEAT EXCHANGER(CONDENSER)
7.9CuT THERMISTOR
RECEIVER
4.0CuT
7.9CuT EV
9.5CuT 9.5CuT 9.5CuT 9.5CuT 9.5CuT
9.5CuT
DISTRIBUTOR FILTER MOTOR FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR M OPERATED
CAPILLARY TUBE VALVE
PROPELLER FAN
STOP VALVE
LIQUID LINE
4-WAY
VALVE
15.9CuT NORMALLY:OFF 15.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
15.9CuT
15.9CuT
MUFFLER FIELD PIPING
9.5CuT LIQUID(6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE 15.9CuT

THERMISTOR
GAS LINE
REFRIGERANT FLOW STOP VALVE
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR FIELD PIPING
15.9CuT 15.9CuT GAS(15.9 CuT)
3D054596A
7.2.2 Heat Pump
RXS25EBVMA, RXS35EBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
7.0CuT HEAT EXCHANGER THERMISTOR
9.5CuT
7.0CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER
MOTOR OPERATED
THERMISTOR
VALVE
4.8CuT 6.4CuT 6.4CuT
φ. 4.0×ID. 2.0CuT
4.8CuT MUFFLER MUFFLER

M WITH WITH
FILTER FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
9.5CuT
9.5CuT MUFFLER
WITH
FILTER
6.4CuT
FOUR WAY
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
VALVE FIELD PIPING

ON : HEATING LIQUID STOP (6.4CuT)
VALVE
MUFFLER
DISCHARGE PIPE
THERMISTOR
7.9CuT
9.5CuT 9.5CuT FIELD PIPING

COMPRESSOR (9.5CuT)
MUFFLER GAS STOP
ACCUMULATOR VALVE REFRIGERANT FLOW
COOLING
HEATING
3D047316J

RXS50FBVMA, RXS60FBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
7.9CuT HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE
7.9CuT THERMISTOR
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT 7.9CuT 4.0CuT MUFFLER
7.9CuT 4.0CuT WITH
7.9CuT REFRIGERANT FLOW
FILTER
7.9CuT CAPILLARY TUBE 2 6.4CuT COOLING
CAPILLARY TUBE 3
6.4CuT 6.4CuT
4.0CuT HEATING
HEAT 4.0CuT
EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR CAPILLARY TUBE 4
M
MOTOR OPERATED
PROPELLER FAN VALVE
FILTER
12.7CuT
6.4CuT
12.7CuT 12.7CuT 9.5CuT
FOUR WAY RECIEVER

7.9CuT
VALVE
MUFFLER ON : HEATING
7.9CuT 6.4CuT (6.4 CuT)
9.5CuT
LIQUID
MUFFLER STOP VALVE
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE (12.7 CuT)
THERMISTOR GAS STOP VALVE
3D051637H
RXS71FBVMA, RXS80FBVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE

7.9CuT THERMISTOR
HEADER 7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT HEAT EXCHANGER(CONDENSER)
7.9CuT THERMISTOR
RECEIVER
4.0CuT
7.9CuT EV
9.5CuT

PROPELLER FAN
STOP VALVE
LIQUID LINE
4-WAY
VALVE
15.9CuT ON:HEATING 15.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
15.9CuT
15.9CuT

9.5CuT LIQUID(6.4 CuT)
7.9CuT

THERMISTOR
GAS LINE
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR FIELD PIPING
HEATING 15.9CuT 15.9CuT GAS(15.9 CuT)
3D054593A

RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
7.9CuT THERMISTOR
HEADER 7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
12.7CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT HEAT EXCHANGER (CONDENSER)
7.9CuT THERMISTOR
RECEIVER
4.0CuT
7.9CuT EV
9.5CuT
FILTER MOTOR FILTER
DC FAN MOTOR M DISTRIBUTOR OPERATED
STOP VALVE
LIQUID LINE
PROPELLER FAN
4 - WAY
VALVE
15.9CuT ON: HEATING 15.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
7.9CuT
15.9CuT
MUFFLER
15.9CuT
FIELD PIPING
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE 9.5CuT LIQUID (9.5CuT)

15.9CuT
THERMISTOR
GAS LINE
STOP VALVE
REFRIGERANT FLOW ACCUMULATOR
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR FIELD PIPING
HEATING 15.9CuT 15.9CuT GAS (15.9CuT)
3D061976
RXS100HVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE
9.5CuT THERMISTOR
HEADER 8.0CuT
8.0CuT
8.0CuT
8.0CuT
8.0CuT
8.0CuT
12.7CuT
HEAT EXCHANGER (CONDENSER)

8.0CuT THERMISTOR
8.0CuT RECEIVER
8.0CuT 4.0CuT
8.0CuT 8.0CuT
EV
8.0CuT 9.5CuT 9.5CuT 9.5CuT
8.0CuT
9.5CuT

PROPELLER FAN
STOP VALVE
LIQUID LINE
4-WAY
VALVE
15.9CuT ON: HEATING
15.9CuT
15.9CuT
9.5CuT
7.9CuT
9.5CuT LIQUID (9.5CuT)

15.9CuT

THERMISTOR
GAS LINE
ACCUMULATOR
COOLING COMPRESSOR ACCUMULATOR FIELD PIPING
HEATING 15.9CuT GAS (15.9CuT)
3D062298

RXS50BVMA
OUTDOOR UNIT
HEAT EXCHANGER OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE

THERMISTOR
7.9CuT

7.9CuT MUFFLER
7.9CuT WITH
FILTER REFRIGERANT FLOW
7.9CuT 6.4CuT COOLING
HEAT EXCHANGER
6.4CuT 6.4CuT
CAPILLARY TUBE 2
THERMISTOR HEATING
7.9CuT
M CAPILLARY TUBE 3
FILTER
PROPELLER FAN
12.7CuT
FOUR WAY
VALVE MOTOR OPERATED
ON : HEATING VALVE
MUFFLER
FILTER
12.7CuT 12.7CuT
WITH
7.9CuT
12.7CuT

6.4CuT (6.4 CuT)
LIQUID
7.9CuT
DISCHARGE PIPE STOP VALVE

THERMISTOR
(12.7 CuT)
GAS STOP VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
3D034262F

Capacity Tables ED04-910
8. Capacity Tables
8.1 Cooling Only
FTKS25GVMA + RKS25EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

AFR 8.7
BF 0.24
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE(°CDB)

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
°C °C TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI TC SHC PI
14.0 20 2.52 1.91 0.46 2.41 1.85 0.50 2.29 1.79 0.55 2.25 1.77 0.57 2.18 1.74 0.59 2.06 1.68 0.64
16.0 22 2.63 1.87 0.46 2.52 1.82 0.51 2.40 1.77 0.55 2.36 1.75 0.57 2.29 1.72 0.60 2.18 1.67 0.64
18.0 25 2.75 1.97 0.47 2.63 1.92 0.51 2.52 1.87 0.55 2.47 1.85 0.57 2.40 1.82 0.60 2.29 1.77 0.64
19.0 27 2.80 2.08 0.47 2.69 2.03 0.51 2.57 1.99 0.56 2.53 1.97 0.57 2.46 1.94 0.60 2.35 1.89 0.64
22.0 30 2.97 2.01 0.47 2.86 1.97 0.52 2.74 1.93 0.56 2.70 1.91 0.58 2.63 1.88 0.60 2.52 1.84 0.65
24.0 32 3.09 1.96 0.47 2.97 1.92 0.52 2.86 1.88 0.56 2.81 1.87 0.58 2.74 1.84 0.61 2.63 1.81 0.65
Symbols NOTE:
AFR : Air flow rate (m³/min.) 1. Ratings shown are net capacities which include a deduction for indoor fan
motor heat.
BF : Bypass factor 2. shows nominal (rated) capacities and power input.
EWB : Entering wet bulb temp. (°C) 3. TC, PI and SHC must be calculated by interpolation using the figures in the
above tables. (Figures out of the tables should not be used for calculation.)
EDB : Entering dry bulb temp. (°C) 4. About SHC which are not mentioned on the table, please calculate them with
TC : Total capacity (kW) around values in direct proportion.
5. Capacities are based on the following conditions.
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW) Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 5m
PI : Power input (kW) Level difference : 0m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above.
FTKS35GVMA + RKS35EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

AFR 8.9
BF 0.24
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE(°CDB)

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 3.29 2.32 0.77 3.27 2.30 0.85 3.11 2.22 0.92 3.05 2.19 0.95 2.96 2.14 1.00 2.80 2.06 1.07
16.0 22 3.58 2.35 0.78 3.42 2.27 0.85 3.26 2.19 0.93 3.20 2.16 0.96 3.11 2.11 1.00 2.95 2.04 1.08
18.0 25 3.73 2.43 0.78 3.57 2.36 0.86 3.42 2.29 0.93 3.36 2.26 0.96 3.26 2.21 1.01 3.11 2.14 1.08
19.0 27 3.81 2.54 0.79 3.65 2.47 0.86 3.50 2.40 0.94 3.43 2.37 0.97 3.34 2.33 1.01 3.18 2.26 1.08
22.0 30 4.04 2.44 0.79 3.88 2.38 0.87 3.73 2.32 0.94 3.66 2.29 0.97 3.57 2.25 1.02 3.42 2.19 1.09
24.0 32 4.19 2.37 0.80 4.04 2.31 0.87 3.88 2.25 0.95 3.82 2.23 0.98 3.72 2.20 1.02 3.57 2.14 1.10
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

ED04-910 Capacity Tables
FTKS50GVMA + RKS50FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

AFR 14.7
BF 0.18
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CDB)

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 5.30 3.83 1.15 5.06 3.71 1.26 4.82 3.59 1.37 4.72 3.54 1.42 4.57 3.47 1.48 4.33 3.35 1.59
16.0 22 5.53 3.76 1.16 5.29 3.65 1.27 5.05 3.53 1.38 4.96 3.49 1.42 4.81 3.42 1.49 4.57 3.31 1.60
18.0 25 5.77 3.93 1.16 5.53 3.82 1.27 5.29 3.71 1.39 5.20 3.67 1.43 5.05 3.61 1.50 4.81 3.50 1.61
19.0 27 5.89 4.13 1.17 5.65 4.02 1.28 5.41 3.92 1.39 5.31 3.88 1.43 5.17 3.82 1.50 4.93 3.72 1.61
22.0 30 6.25 3.97 1.18 6.01 3.88 1.29 5.77 3.79 1.40 5.67 3.75 1.44 5.53 3.70 1.51 5.29 3.61 1.62
24.0 32 6.49 3.86 1.18 6.25 3.78 1.29 6.01 3.70 1.41 5.91 3.66 1.45 5.77 3.61 1.52 5.52 3.53 1.63
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

AFR 16.2
BF 0.28

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 5.68 4.00 1.55 5.68 4.00 1.72 5.49 3.90 1.88 5.38 3.84 1.94 5.21 3.75 2.03 4.94 3.61 2.18
16.0 22 6.31 4.12 1.58 6.03 3.98 1.73 5.76 3.84 1.88 5.65 3.79 1.95 5.48 3.70 2.04 5.21 3.57 2.19
18.0 25 6.58 4.26 1.59 6.30 4.13 1.74 6.03 4.00 1.89 5.92 3.95 1.95 5.75 3.88 2.05 5.48 3.75 2.20
19.0 27 6.71 4.45 1.60 6.44 4.32 1.75 6.16 4.20 1.90 6.05 4.15 1.96 5.89 4.08 2.05 5.62 3.96 2.20
22.0 30 7.12 4.27 1.61 6.85 4.16 1.76 6.57 4.05 1.91 6.46 4.01 1.97 6.30 3.94 2.06 6.02 3.84 2.22
24.0 32 7.39 4.15 1.62 7.12 4.04 1.77 6.84 3.94 1.92 6.73 3.90 1.98 6.57 3.84 2.07 6.29 3.75 2.22
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.


AFR 17.4
BF 0.27

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 6.18 4.36 1.72 6.18 4.36 1.94 6.18 4.36 2.15 6.18 4.36 2.23 6.18 4.36 2.35 5.91 4.21 2.53
16.0 22 7.55 4.84 1.84 7.22 4.67 2.01 6.89 4.50 2.19 6.76 4.43 2.26 6.56 4.33 2.36 6.23 4.16 2.54
18.0 25 7.87 4.99 1.85 7.54 4.83 2.02 7.22 4.67 2.20 7.08 4.60 2.27 6.89 4.51 2.37 6.56 4.36 2.55
19.0 27 8.03 5.19 1.85 7.71 5.03 2.03 7.38 4.88 2.20 7.25 4.82 2.27 7.05 4.72 2.38 6.72 4.58 2.56
22.0 30 8.52 4.98 1.87 8.19 4.84 2.04 7.87 4.70 2.22 7.73 4.65 2.29 7.54 4.56 2.40 7.21 4.43 2.57
24.0 32 8.85 4.82 1.88 8.52 4.69 2.05 8.19 4.57 2.23 8.06 4.52 2.30 7.86 4.44 2.41 7.53 4.32 2.58
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

8.2 Heat Pump
FTXS25GVMA + RXS25EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

Cooling
AFR 8.7
BF 0.24

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 2.52 1.91 0.46 2.41 1.85 0.50 2.29 1.79 0.55 2.25 1.77 0.57 2.18 1.74 0.59 2.06 1.68 0.64
16.0 22 2.63 1.87 0.46 2.52 1.82 0.51 2.40 1.77 0.55 2.36 1.75 0.57 2.29 1.72 0.60 2.18 1.67 0.64
18.0 25 2.75 1.97 0.47 2.63 1.92 0.51 2.52 1.87 0.55 2.47 1.85 0.57 2.40 1.82 0.60 2.29 1.77 0.64
19.0 27 2.80 2.08 0.47 2.69 2.03 0.51 2.57 1.99 0.56 2.53 1.97 0.57 2.46 1.94 0.60 2.35 1.89 0.64
22.0 30 2.97 2.01 0.47 2.86 1.97 0.52 2.74 1.93 0.56 2.70 1.91 0.58 2.63 1.88 0.60 2.52 1.84 0.65
24.0 32 3.09 1.96 0.47 2.97 1.92 0.52 2.86 1.88 0.56 2.81 1.87 0.58 2.74 1.84 0.61 2.63 1.81 0.65
Heating
AFR 9.4
INDOOR OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE (°CWB)

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
°C TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI TC PI
15.0 2.27 0.71 2.65 0.74 3.03 0.78 3.49 0.82 3.79 0.85
20.0 2.15 0.73 2.53 0.76 2.91 0.80 3.37 0.84 3.67 0.87
22.0 2.11 0.74 2.49 0.77 2.87 0.81 3.32 0.85 3.63 0.88
24.0 2.06 0.74 2.44 0.78 2.82 0.81 3.28 0.86 3.58 0.88
25.0 2.04 0.75 2.42 0.78 2.80 0.82 3.25 0.86 3.56 0.89
27.0 1.99 0.76 2.37 0.79 2.75 0.82 3.21 0.87 3.51 0.89
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

FTXS35GVMA + RXS35EBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

Cooling
AFR 8.9
BF 0.24

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 3.29 2.32 0.77 3.27 2.30 0.85 3.11 2.22 0.92 3.05 2.19 0.95 2.96 2.14 1.00 2.80 2.06 1.07
16.0 22 3.58 2.35 0.78 3.42 2.27 0.85 3.26 2.19 0.93 3.20 2.16 0.96 3.11 2.11 1.00 2.95 2.04 1.08
18.0 25 3.73 2.43 0.78 3.57 2.36 0.86 3.42 2.29 0.93 3.36 2.26 0.96 3.26 2.21 1.01 3.11 2.14 1.08
19.0 27 3.81 2.54 0.79 3.65 2.47 0.86 3.50 2.40 0.94 3.43 2.37 0.97 3.34 2.33 1.01 3.18 2.26 1.08
22.0 30 4.04 2.44 0.79 3.88 2.38 0.87 3.73 2.32 0.94 3.66 2.29 0.97 3.57 2.25 1.02 3.42 2.19 1.09
24.0 32 4.19 2.37 0.80 4.04 2.31 0.87 3.88 2.25 0.95 3.82 2.23 0.98 3.72 2.20 1.02 3.57 2.14 1.10
Heating
AFR 9.7

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 2.65 0.94 3.10 0.98 3.54 1.03 4.08 1.08 4.43 1.12
20.0 2.52 0.96 2.96 1.01 3.41 1.06 3.94 1.11 4.30 1.15
22.0 2.46 0.97 2.91 1.02 3.35 1.07 3.89 1.12 4.24 1.16
24.0 2.41 0.98 2.85 1.03 3.30 1.08 3.83 1.13 4.19 1.17
25.0 2.38 0.99 2.83 1.03 3.27 1.08 3.80 1.14 4.16 1.17
27.0 2.33 1.00 2.77 1.04 3.22 1.09 3.75 1.15 4.11 1.18
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

FTXS50GVMA + RXS50FBVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

Cooling
AFR 14.7
BF 0.18

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 5.30 3.83 1.15 5.06 3.71 1.26 4.82 3.59 1.37 4.72 3.54 1.42 4.57 3.47 1.48 4.33 3.35 1.59
16.0 22 5.53 3.76 1.16 5.29 3.65 1.27 5.05 3.53 1.38 4.96 3.49 1.42 4.81 3.42 1.49 4.57 3.31 1.60
18.0 25 5.77 3.93 1.16 5.53 3.82 1.27 5.29 3.71 1.39 5.20 3.67 1.43 5.05 3.61 1.50 4.81 3.50 1.61
19.0 27 5.89 4.13 1.17 5.65 4.02 1.28 5.41 3.92 1.39 5.31 3.88 1.43 5.17 3.82 1.50 4.93 3.72 1.61
22.0 30 6.25 3.97 1.18 6.01 3.88 1.29 5.77 3.79 1.40 5.67 3.75 1.44 5.53 3.70 1.51 5.29 3.61 1.62
24.0 32 6.49 3.86 1.18 6.25 3.78 1.29 6.01 3.70 1.41 5.91 3.66 1.45 5.77 3.61 1.52 5.52 3.53 1.63
Heating
AFR 16.2

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 3.94 1.36 4.61 1.43 5.27 1.49 6.06 1.57 6.59 1.63
20.0 3.74 1.40 4.40 1.46 5.07 1.53 5.86 1.61 6.39 1.66
22.0 3.66 1.41 4.32 1.48 4.99 1.54 5.78 1.62 6.31 1.68
24.0 3.58 1.43 4.24 1.49 4.90 1.56 5.70 1.64 6.23 1.69
25.0 3.54 1.43 4.20 1.50 4.86 1.57 5.66 1.65 6.19 1.70
27.0 3.46 1.45 4.12 1.51 4.78 1.58 5.58 1.66 6.11 1.71
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.


Cooling
AFR 16.2
BF 0.28

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 5.68 4.00 1.55 5.68 4.00 1.72 5.49 3.90 1.88 5.38 3.84 1.94 5.21 3.75 2.03 4.94 3.61 2.18
16.0 22 6.31 4.12 1.58 6.03 3.98 1.73 5.76 3.84 1.88 5.65 3.79 1.95 5.48 3.70 2.04 5.21 3.57 2.19
18.0 25 6.58 4.26 1.59 6.30 4.13 1.74 6.03 4.00 1.89 5.92 3.95 1.95 5.75 3.88 2.05 5.48 3.75 2.20
19.0 27 6.71 4.45 1.60 6.44 4.32 1.75 6.16 4.20 1.90 6.05 4.15 1.96 5.89 4.08 2.05 5.62 3.96 2.20
22.0 30 7.12 4.27 1.61 6.85 4.16 1.76 6.57 4.05 1.91 6.46 4.01 1.97 6.30 3.94 2.06 6.02 3.84 2.22
24.0 32 7.39 4.15 1.62 7.12 4.04 1.77 6.84 3.94 1.92 6.73 3.90 1.98 6.57 3.84 2.07 6.29 3.75 2.22
Heating
AFR 17.4

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 4.69 1.72 5.47 1.80 6.26 1.88 7.20 1.98 7.83 2.05
20.0 4.45 1.76 5.23 1.85 6.02 1.93 6.96 2.03 7.59 2.10
22.0 4.35 1.78 5.13 1.86 5.92 1.95 6.86 2.05 7.49 2.12
24.0 4.25 1.80 5.04 1.88 5.82 1.97 6.77 2.07 7.40 2.13
25.0 4.20 1.81 4.99 1.89 5.78 1.98 6.72 2.08 7.35 2.14
27.0 4.11 1.83 4.89 1.91 5.68 1.99 6.62 2.09 7.25 2.16
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.


Cooling
AFR 17.4
BF 0.27

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 6.18 4.36 1.72 6.18 4.36 1.94 6.18 4.36 2.15 6.18 4.36 2.23 6.18 4.36 2.35 5.91 4.21 2.53
16.0 22 7.55 4.84 1.84 7.22 4.67 2.01 6.89 4.50 2.19 6.76 4.43 2.26 6.56 4.33 2.36 6.23 4.16 2.54
18.0 25 7.87 4.99 1.85 7.54 4.83 2.02 7.22 4.67 2.20 7.08 4.60 2.27 6.89 4.51 2.37 6.56 4.36 2.55
19.0 27 8.03 5.19 1.85 7.71 5.03 2.03 7.38 4.88 2.20 7.25 4.82 2.27 7.05 4.72 2.38 6.72 4.58 2.56
22.0 30 8.52 4.98 1.87 8.19 4.84 2.04 7.87 4.70 2.22 7.73 4.65 2.29 7.54 4.56 2.40 7.21 4.43 2.57
24.0 32 8.85 4.82 1.88 8.52 4.69 2.05 8.19 4.57 2.23 8.06 4.52 2.30 7.86 4.44 2.41 7.53 4.32 2.58
Heating
AFR 21.5

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 5.41 2.09 6.32 2.19 7.23 2.29 8.32 2.41 9.04 2.50
20.0 5.13 2.14 6.04 2.25 6.95 2.35 8.04 2.47 8.77 2.55
22.0 5.02 2.17 5.93 2.27 6.84 2.37 7.93 2.49 8.66 2.57
24.0 4.91 2.19 5.82 2.29 6.73 2.39 7.82 2.51 8.54 2.60
25.0 4.86 2.20 5.77 2.30 6.67 2.40 7.76 2.53 8.49 2.61
27.0 4.75 2.22 5.65 2.32 6.56 2.43 7.65 2.55 8.38 2.63
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.


Cooling
AFR 21.1
BF 0.34

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 6.78 4.78 2.01 6.78 4.78 2.25 6.78 4.78 2.49 6.78 4.78 2.58 6.78 4.78 2.71 6.54 4.65 2.91
16.0 22 8.33 5.33 2.11 7.99 5.15 2.32 7.62 4.96 2.52 7.48 4.89 2.60 7.26 4.78 2.72 6.90 4.60 2.92
18.0 25 8.71 5.51 2.13 8.35 5.33 2.33 7.98 5.15 2.53 7.84 5.08 2.61 7.62 4.98 2.73 7.26 4.81 2.94
19.0 27 8.89 5.73 2.13 8.53 5.55 2.33 8.16 5.38 2.54 8.02 5.31 2.62 7.80 5.21 2.74 7.44 5.05 2.94
22.0 30 9.43 5.49 2.15 9.07 5.34 2.35 8.70 5.19 2.56 8.56 5.13 2.64 8.34 5.04 2.76 7.98 4.89 2.96
24.0 32 9.79 5.32 2.16 9.42 5.18 2.37 9.06 5.04 2.57 8.92 4.98 2.65 8.70 4.90 2.77 8.34 4.77 2.97
Heating
AFR 23

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 6.41 2.72 7.48 2.86 8.56 2.99 9.85 3.15 10.71 3.25
20.0 6.08 2.80 7.16 2.93 8.23 3.06 9.52 3.22 10.38 3.33
22.0 5.95 2.82 7.02 2.96 8.10 3.09 9.39 3.25 10.25 3.36
24.0 5.82 2.85 6.89 2.99 7.97 3.12 9.26 3.28 10.12 3.38
25.0 5.75 2.87 6.83 3.00 7.90 3.13 9.19 3.29 10.05 3.40
27.0 5.62 2.90 6.69 3.03 7.77 3.16 9.06 3.32 9.92 3.43
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

FTXS80HVMA + RXS80HVMA (50Hz 220-240V / 60Hz 220-230V)

Cooling
AFR 23.8
BF 0.21

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 8.20 5.94 1.98 7.82 5.75 2.17 7.45 5.56 2.36 7.30 5.49 2.44 7.08 5.38 2.55 6.71 5.19 2.74
16.0 22 8.56 5.84 1.99 8.19 5.66 2.18 7.82 5.48 2.37 7.67 5.41 2.45 7.45 5.31 2.56 7.07 5.14 2.75
18.0 25 8.93 6.09 2.00 8.56 5.93 2.19 8.19 5.76 2.38 8.04 5.70 2.46 7.82 5.60 2.57 7.44 5.44 2.77
19.0 27 9.12 6.41 2.01 8.75 6.24 2.20 8.37 6.09 2.39 8.22 6.02 2.47 8.00 5.93 2.58 7.63 5.77 2.77
22.0 30 9.67 6.17 2.02 9.30 6.03 2.22 8.93 5.89 2.41 8.78 5.83 2.48 8.55 5.75 2.60 8.18 5.61 2.79
24.0 32 10.04 6.00 2.04 9.67 5.87 2.23 9.29 5.74 2.42 9.14 5.69 2.49 8.92 5.61 2.61 8.55 5.49 2.80
Heating
AFR 24.1

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 6.40 2.59 7.47 2.71 8.54 2.84 9.83 2.99 10.69 3.09
20.0 6.07 2.66 7.14 2.78 8.21 2.91 9.50 3.06 10.36 3.16
22.0 5.94 2.68 7.01 2.81 8.08 2.94 9.37 3.09 10.29 3.19
24.0 5.80 2.71 6.88 2.84 7.95 2.96 9.24 3.12 10.10 3.22
25.0 5.74 2.73 6.81 2.85 7.88 2.98 9.17 3.13 10.03 3.23
27.0 5.61 2.75 6.68 2.88 7.75 3.01 9.04 3.16 9.90 3.26
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.
SHC : Sensible heat capacity (kW) Corresponding refrigerant piping length : 7.5m
6. Air flow rate (AFR) and Bypass factor (BF) are tabulated above table.
3D062310


Cooling
AFR 23.8
BF 0.23

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 8.92 6.28 2.53 8.80 6.22 2.79 8.38 6.00 3.04 8.21 5.91 3.14 7.96 5.78 3.28 7.54 5.57 3.53
16.0 22 9.64 6.33 2.56 9.22 6.12 2.81 8.80 5.91 3.05 8.63 5.83 3.15 8.38 5.71 3.30 7.96 5.50 3.54
18.0 25 10.05 6.56 2.58 9.63 6.36 2.82 9.21 6.17 3.07 9.04 6.09 3.17 8.79 5.98 3.31 8.37 5.79 3.56
19.0 27 10.26 6.86 2.58 9.84 6.66 2.83 9.42 6.48 3.07 9.25 6.40 3.17 9.00 6.29 3.32 8.58 6.11 3.57
22.0 30 10.88 6.59 2.61 10.46 6.42 2.85 10.04 6.25 3.10 9.87 6.19 3.19 9.62 6.09 3.34 9.20 5.93 3.59
24.0 32 11.29 6.39 2.62 10.87 6.24 2.87 10.46 6.09 3.11 10.29 6.03 3.21 10.04 5.94 3.36 9.62 5.79 3.60
Heating
AFR 24.1

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 6.73 2.82 7.86 2.95 8.99 3.09 10.35 3.25 11.25 3.36
20.0 6.39 2.89 7.52 3.03 8.64 3.17 10.00 3.33 10.90 3.44
22.0 6.25 2.92 7.38 3.06 8.51 3.20 9.86 3.36 10.77 3.47
24.0 6.11 2.95 7.24 3.09 8.37 3.23 9.72 3.39 10.63 3.50
25.0 6.04 2.97 7.17 3.10 8.30 3.24 9.65 3.41 10.56 3.51
27.0 5.90 3.00 7.03 3.13 8.16 3.27 9.52 3.44 10.42 3.54
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.
3D062309


Cooling
AFR 23.8
BF 0.27

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 8.46 5.96 2.75 8.46 5.96 3.07 8.46 5.96 3.36 8.46 5.96 3.47 8.46 5.96 3.63 8.30 5.87 3.90
16.0 22 10.39 6.66 2.82 10.14 6.52 3.10 9.68 6.28 3.37 9.49 6.18 3.48 9.22 6.04 3.65 8.75 5.81 3.92
18.0 25 11.05 6.97 2.85 10.59 6.74 3.12 10.13 6.51 3.39 9.95 6.42 3.50 9.67 6.29 3.66 9.21 6.07 3.93
19.0 27 11.28 7.24 2.86 10.82 7.01 3.13 10.36 6.80 3.40 10.18 6.71 3.51 9.90 6.58 3.67 9.44 6.37 3.94
22.0 30 11.97 6.94 2.88 11.51 6.74 3.15 11.05 6.55 3.42 10.86 6.47 3.53 10.58 6.36 3.69 10.12 6.17 3.97
24.0 32 12.42 6.72 2.90 11.96 6.54 3.17 11.50 6.36 3.44 11.32 6.29 3.55 11.04 6.19 3.71 10.58 6.01 3.98
Heating
AFR 24.1

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 7.40 3.38 8.65 3.55 9.89 3.71 11.38 3.91 12.37 4.04
20.0 7.03 3.47 8.27 3.64 9.51 3.80 11.00 4.00 11.99 4.13
22.0 6.87 3.51 8.12 3.67 9.36 3.84 10.85 4.04 11.84 4.17
24.0 6.72 3.54 7.96 3.71 9.21 3.87 10.70 4.07 11.69 4.20
25.0 6.65 3.56 7.89 3.73 9.13 3.89 10.62 4.09 11.61 4.22
27.0 6.49 3.60 7.74 3.76 8.98 3.93 10.47 4.13 11.46 4.26
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.
3D062308

FTXS50CVMA + RXS50BVMA (50Hz 220-240V)

Cooling
AFR 11.4
BF 0.18

EWB EDB 20 25 30 32 35 40
14.0 20 4.55 3.21 1.22 4.55 3.21 1.39 4.36 3.10 1.52 4.27 3.06 1.57 4.14 2.99 1.64 3.92 2.88 1.76
16.0 22 5.01 3.28 1.28 4.79 3.17 1.40 4.57 3.06 1.53 4.49 3.01 1.58 4.36 2.95 1.65 4.14 2.85 1.77
18.0 25 5.23 3.39 1.29 5.01 3.29 1.41 4.79 3.19 1.53 4.70 3.15 1.58 4.57 3.09 1.66 4.35 2.99 1.78
19.0 27 5.33 3.54 1.29 5.12 3.44 1.41 4.90 3.35 1.54 4.81 3.31 1.59 4.68 3.25 1.66 4.46 3.15 1.78
22.0 30 5.66 3.40 1.30 5.44 3.32 1.43 5.22 3.23 1.55 5.13 3.19 1.60 5.00 3.14 1.67 4.79 3.06 1.79
24.0 32 5.87 3.30 1.31 5.65 3.22 1.43 5.44 3.14 1.56 5.35 3.11 1.60 5.22 3.06 1.68 5.00 2.99 1.80
Heating
AFR 12.6

EDB –10 –5 0 6 10
15.0 3.66 1.46 4.28 1.53 4.89 1.61 5.63 1.69 6.12 1.75
20.0 3.47 1.50 4.09 1.57 4.70 1.64 5.44 1.73 5.93 1.79
22.0 3.40 1.52 4.01 1.59 4.63 1.66 5.36 1.75 5.86 1.80
24.0 3.32 1.53 3.94 1.60 4.55 1.68 5.29 1.76 5.78 1.82
25.0 3.29 1.54 3.90 1.61 4.52 1.68 5.25 1.77 5.74 1.83
27.0 3.21 1.56 3.83 1.63 4.44 1.70 5.18 1.78 5.67 1.84
Symbols NOTE:
motor heat.

8.3 Capacity correction factor by the length of refrigerant piping (Reference)

The cooling and the heating capacity of the unit has to be corrected in accordance with the length of
refrigerant piping. (The distance between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit)
<— line : cooling capacity>

<--- line : heating capacity>
8.3.1 25/35 Class

R-410A (25/35 Class)
1
Capacity correction factor
0.9
Range of the refrigerant

0.8
additional charge
5 10 15 20
Piping length (m)

(R4979)
8.3.2 50 Class
R-410A 50Class
1
0.9
0.8
Range of the Refrigerant Additional Charge
5 10 15 20 25 30
Piping length (m)

(R5167)

8.3.3 60/71/80/90/100 Class

R-410A 60/71/80/90/100Class
0.9
0.8
Range of the Refrigerant Additional Charge
5 10 15 20 25 30
Piping length (m)

(R6058)
Note: 1. The graph shows the factor when additional refrigerant of the proper quantity is charged.

ED04-910 Operation Limit
9. Operation Limit
9.1 Cooling Only
RKS25EBVMA, RKS35EBVMA
50
46
40
Outdoor temp.( °CDB)
Continuous operation
Pull-down period
30
20
10
10 14 20 23 28 30
Indoor temp.( °CWB)
Notes:
The graph is based
on the following conditions.
• Equivalent piping length 7.5m
• Level difference 0m
• Air flow rate High
4D050467G
RKS50FBVMA, RKS60FBVMA, RKS71FBVMA
50
46
Outdoor temp.(°CDB)
40
Pull-down period
30
20
10
10 14 20 23 28 30
Indoor temp.(°CWB)
Notes:
The graph is based
• Air flow rate High
4D054070F

Operation Limit ED04-910
9.2 Heat Pump
RXS25EBVMA, RXS35EBVMA
Heating
Cooling
20
15
50
46
Outdoor temp.(°CWB)
10
40
5
Pull-down period
30
20
-5
10
-10
(-10°CDB)
10 14 20 23 28 30
Indoor temp.(°CWB)
10 20 30
Notes:
Indoor temp.(°CDB)
The graphs are based
• Air flow rate High 3D050466E
RXS50FBVMA, RXS60FBVMA, RXS71FBVMA,

RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA, RXS100HVMA
Heating
Cooling 20
50
18
46
15
40
10
Pull-down period
30
5
20
0
10
-5
0
-10
-10
-15
(-15°CDB)
10 14 20 23 28 30
Indoor temp.(°CWB) Notes: 10 20 30
The graphs are based Indoor temp.(°CDB)
• Air flow rate High 3D054069D

ED04-910 Operation Limit
RXS50BVMA
Heating
Cooling
20
50
18
46
15
40
10
30
Pull-down period
5
20
0
10
-5
0
-5
-10
-10
-15
(-15°CDB)
10 14 20 23 28 30
Indoor temp.(°CWB) 10 20 30
Notes:
The graphs are based Indoor temp.(°CDB)
• Air flow rate High 3D027640H

Sound Level ED04-910
10. Sound Level

10.1 Measuring Location
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit

Wall Mounted Type
1m 1m
0.8m
(R1759) (R1003)
Note: 1. Operation sound is measured in an anechoic chamber.

2. The data are based on the conditions shown in the table below.

Indoor ; 27°CDB/19°CWB Indoor ; 20°CDB 5m
Outdoor ; 35°CDB/24°CWB Outdoor ; 7°CDB/6°CWB

ED04-910 Sound Level
10.2 Octave Band Level

10.2.1 Indoor Units
FTKS25GVMA FTKS35GVMA
70 OVER ALL ( dB ) 70 OVER ALL ( dB )
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 37 25 NC-50 A 38 26
50 ( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED ) 50 ( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
dB(0dB=0.0002µ bar)
OPERATING CONDITIONS OPERATING CONDITIONS
NC-40 NC-40
POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
40 40
JIS STANDARD JIS STANDARD
STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE STANDARD EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
30
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
APPROXIMATE APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD HEARING THRESHOLD HEARING
FOR CONTINUOUS FOR CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D048279C 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D048280C
OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz) OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)
FTKS50GVMA FTKS60GVMA
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 44 35 NC-50 A 45 36

NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Cooling
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D054973A 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D040304F
FTKS71GVMA
70 OVER ALL ( dB )
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

(H) (L)
NC-50 A 46 37
50 ( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
OPERATING CONDITIONS
NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
40
JIS STANDARD
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling
NC-20
20
APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD HEARING
FOR CONTINUOUS
NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D040305J
OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

FTXS25GVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz


60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 37 25 NC-50 A 37 28
40 40
NC-30 NC-30
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
30
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
NC-20 Cooling NC-20 Heating
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D048277C
FTXS35GVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz


60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 38 26 NC-50 A 38 29

40 40
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
NC-20 Cooling NC-20 Heating
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D048278C
FTXS50GVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 44 35 NC-50 A 42 33

40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D054979B
FTXS60GVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 45 36 NC-50 A 44 35

NC-40
NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) NC-30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D040300F

FTXS71GVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz


60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 46 37 NC-50 A 46 37
40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D040301E
FTXS80GVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz


60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 49 40 NC-50 A 49 38

40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D054890A
FTXS80HVMA, FTXS90HVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 49 40 NC-50 A 49 38
50 (B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED) 50 (B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED)

40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D061960
FTXS100HVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V

(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 49 40 NC-50 A 49 38

40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30 NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D061962

FTXS50CVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz 50/60Hz


60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
(H) (L) (H) (L)
NC-50 A 44 35 NC-50 A 42 33
NC-40 NC-40
40 40
NC-30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H) 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(H)
NC-30
30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L) 30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V(L)
Cooling Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D040299G

10.2.2 Outdoor Units
RKS25EBVMA RKS35EBVMA
NC-60 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz


60 SCALE 220~240V(H) 60 SCALE
220~240V(H)
NC-50 A 46 NC-50 A 47
NC-40 220~240V 50/60Hz NC-40
POWER SOURCE POWER SOURCE 220~240V 50/60Hz
40 40
NC-30 NC-30
30 30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D047727G 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D047728G
RKS50FBVMA RKS60FBVMA
70 70 OVER ALL ( dB )
OVER ALL ( dB )
NC-60 NC-60 50/60Hz

50/60Hz
60 SCALE 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V

220-240/220-230V
NC-50 A 47 NC-50 A 49
( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED ) 50 ( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
50

NC-40
POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
40 40
NC-30 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V

NC-30
30 Cooling 30 Cooling
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D027648E 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D040949F
RKS71FBVMA
COOLING
70 OVER ALL ( dB )
NC-60 50Hz 220V-240V

60 SCALE 60Hz 220V-230V
NC-50 A 52
50 ( B.G.N IS ALREADY RECTIFIED )
OPERATING CONDITIONS
NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz
40
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
Cooling
NC-30
30
NC-20
20
APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD HEARING
FOR CONTINUOUS
NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 4D054592A
OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (Hz)

RXS25EBVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 NC-60
50/60Hz

50/60Hz SCALE
60 SCALE 60 220~240V(H)
220~240V(H)
NC-50 A 46 NC-50 A 47
NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220~240V 50/60Hz NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220~240V 50/60Hz
40 40
NC-30 NC-30
30 Cooling 30 Heating
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D047725H
RXS35EBVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 NC-60
50/60Hz 50/60Hz
60 SCALE 60 SCALE
220~240V(H) 220~240V(H)
NC-50 A 47 NC-50 A 48

NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220~240V 50/60Hz NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220~240V 50/60Hz
40 40
NC-30 NC-30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D047726H
RXS50FBVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 60 SCALE
220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
NC-50 A 47 NC-50 A 48

NC-40 NC-40
40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
NC-30 NC-30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D027645P
RXS60FBVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 60 SCALE 220-240/220-230V

220-240/220-230V
NC-50 A 49 NC-50 A 49

40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
NC-30 NC-30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D035059G

RXS71FBVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 NC-60 50Hz 220V-240V

50Hz 220V-240V

60 SCALE 60 SCALE
60Hz 220V-230V 60Hz 220V-230V
NC-50 A 52 NC-50 A 52
40 40
JIS STANDARD (JIS9612) JIS STANDARD (JIS9612)
Cooling Heating
NC-30 NC-30
30 30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D054590A
RXS80FBVMA, RXS80HVMA, RXS90HVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50Hz 220V-240V NC-60 50Hz 220V-240V


60 SCALE 60 SCALE
60Hz 220V-230V 60Hz 220V-230V
NC-50 A 54 NC-50 A 54

40 40
Cooling Heating
NC-30 NC-30
30 30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D054591A
RXS100HVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50Hz 220V - 240V NC-60 50Hz 220V - 240V

60 SCALE 60 SCALE
60Hz 220V - 230V 60Hz 220V - 230V
NC-50 A 54 NC-50 A 55

NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220 - 240 / 220 - 230V 50 / 60Hz NC-40 POWER SOURCE 220 - 240 / 220 - 230V 50 / 60Hz
40 40
Cooling Heating
NC-30 NC-30
30 30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D062306
RXS50BVMA
COOLING HEATING
NC-60 50/60Hz NC-60 50/60Hz

60 SCALE 60 SCALE
220-240/220-230V 220-240/220-230V
NC-50 A 47 NC-50 A 48

NC-40 NC-40
40 40
50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V 50/60Hz 220-240/220-230V
NC-30 NC-30
NC-20 NC-20
20 20
NOISE NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 3D027645P

Electric Characteristics ED04-910
11. Electric Characteristics
REPRESENTATIVE UNIT
COMBINATION POWER SUPPLY COMP OFM IFM
INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT Hz-Volts VOLTAGE RANGE MCA MFA RHz RLA W FLA W FLA
50-220 3.0
MAX. 50Hz 264V
50-230 MIN. 50Hz 198V 2.8
FTKS25GVMA RKS25EBVMA 50-240 9.75 10 48.50 2.7 23 0.22 40 0.14
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 3.0
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 2.8
50-220 4.4
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 4.2
MIN. 50Hz 198V
FTKS35GVMA RKS35EBVMA 50-240 9.75 10 75 4.0 23 0.22 40 0.14
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 4.4
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 4.2
50-220 6.5
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 6.2
MIN. 50Hz 198V
FTKS50GVMA RKS50FBVMA 50-240 19.75 20 67 5.9 53 0.32 43 0.17
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 6.5
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 6.2
50-220 9.0
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 8.6
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 9.0
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 8.6
50-220 10.4
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 10.0
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 10.4
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 10.0
SYMBOLS: NOTE:
MCA : MIN. CIRCUIT AMPS (A) 1. RLA is based on the following conditions.
Indoor temp. 27°CDB/19°CWB
MFA : MAX. FUSE AMPS (A) Outdoor temp. 35°CDB.
RLA : RATED LOAD AMPS (A) 2. Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 2%.
3. Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA.
OFM : OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR 4. Instead of fuse, use circuit breaker.
IFM : INDOOR FAN MOTOR 5. Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle
higher harmonics.)
FLA : FULL LOAD AMPS (A) (This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an
W : FAN MOTOR RATED OUTPUT (W) earth leak detector capable handling high harmonics in order to
prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
RHz : RATED OPERATING FREQUENCY (Hz)

ED04-910 Electric Characteristics
REPRESENTATIVE UNIT
50-220 3.0
MAX. 50Hz 264V
50-230 MIN. 50Hz 198V 2.8
FTXS25GVMA RXS25EBVMA 50-240 9.75 10 48.50 2.7 23 0.22 40 0.14
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 3.0
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 2.8
50-220 4.4
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 4.2
MIN. 50Hz 198V
FTXS35GVMA RXS35EBVMA 50-240 9.75 10 75 4.0 23 0.22 40 0.14
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 4.4
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 4.2
50-220 6.5
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 6.2
MIN. 50Hz 198V
FTXS50GVMA RXS50FBVMA 50-240 19.75 20 67 5.9 53 0.32 43 0.17
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 6.5
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 6.2
50-220 9.0
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 8.6
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 9.0
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 8.6
50-220 10.4
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 10.0
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 10.4
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 10.0
50-220 12.1
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 11.5
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 264V 12.1
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 11.5
SYMBOLS: NOTE:
higher harmonics.)

Electric Characteristics ED04-910
REPRESENTATIVE UNIT
50-220 11.2
MAX. 50Hz 264V
50-230 MIN. 50Hz 198V 10.7
FTXS80HVMA RXS80HVMA 50-240 18.50 20 58 10.2 66 0.49 64 0.18
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253V 11.2
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 10.7
50-220 14.5
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 13.8
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253V 14.5
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 13.8
50-220 16.2
50-230 MAX. 50Hz 264V 15.5
MIN. 50Hz 198V
60-220 MAX. 60Hz 253V 16.2
60-230 MIN. 60Hz 198V 15.5
FTXS50CVMA RXS50BVMA 50-240 MAX. 50Hz 264V 18 20 72 6.5 53 0.22 40 0.17

MIN. 50Hz 198V
SYMBOLS: NOTE:
higher harmonics.)
3D062303
3D062304

ED04-910 Installation Manual
12. Installation Manual

12.1 Indoor Units
12.1.1 Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.
• This manual classifies the precautions into WARNING and CAUTION.
• Be sure to follow all the precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING Failure to follow any of WARNING is likely to result in such grave consequences as death or serious injury.
CAUTION Failure to follow any of CAUTION may result in grave consequences in some cases.
• The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual:

Be sure to observe this instruction. Be sure to establish an earth connection. Never attempt.
• After completing installation, test the unit to check for installation errors. Give the user adequate instructions
concerning the use and cleaning of the unit according to the Operation Manual.
WARNING
• Installation should be left to the dealer or another professional. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner according to the instructions given in this manual. Incomplete installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to use the supplied or specified installation parts. Use of other parts may cause the unit to come to lose, water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner on a solid base that can support the weight of the unit. An inadequate base or incomplete installation may cause injury in the event the unit falls off the base.
• Electrical work should be carried out in accordance with the installation manual and the national electrical wiring
rules or code of practice. Insufficient capacity or incomplete electrical work may cause electrical shock or fire.
• Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.
• For wiring, use a cable length enough to cover the entire distance with no connection. Do not use an extension cord.
Do not put other loads on the power supply, use a dedicated power circuit. (Failure to do so may cause abnormal heat, electric shock or fire.)
• Use the specified types of wires for electrical connections between the indoor and outdoor units.
Firmly clamp the interconnecting wires so their terminals receive no external stresses. Incomplete connections or clamping may cause terminal overheating or fire.
• After connecting interconnecting and supply wiring be sure to shape the cables so that they do not put undue force on the
electrical covers or panels. Install covers over the wires. Incomplete cover installation may cause terminal overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
• When installing or relocating the system, be sure to keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified
refrigerant (R410A), such as air. (Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit causes an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.)
• The installation height from the floor must be over 1.8m.
• If any refrigerant has leaked out during the installation work, ventilate the room.
(The refrigerant produces a toxic gas if exposed to flames.)
• After all installation is complete, check to make sure that no refrigerant is leaking out.
• During pump-down, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is still running and the shut-off valve is open during
pump-down, air will be sucked in when the refrigerant piping is removed, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
• During installation, attach the refrigerant piping securely before running the compressor. If the compressor is not attached and the shut-off valve is
open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the compressor is run, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
• Be sure to establish an earth. Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, arrester, or telephone earth.
Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock, or fire. A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.
CAUTION
• Do not install the air conditioner in a place where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas leakage.
If the gas leaks and builds up around the unit, it may catch fire.
• Establish drain piping according to the instructions of this manual. Inadequate piping may cause flooding.
• Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method such as with a torque wrench.
If the flare nut is tightened too hard, the flare nut may crack after a long time and cause refrigerant leakage.

Installation Manual ED04-910
12.1.2 FTK(X) 25/35 G
Accessories
A Mounting plate 1 E Remote controller holder 1 J Insulation tape 1
Mounting plate fixing Fixing screws for remote
B
screws M4 × 25L 6 F
controller holder M3 × 20L 2 K Operation manual 1
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic G AAA dry-cell batteries L Installation manual
C
Air-Purifying Filter 2 2 1
D Wireless remote controller

Indoor unit fixing screws
1 H
M4 × 12L 1
Choosing an Installation Site

• Before choosing the installation site, obtain user approval.
1. Indoor unit.
• The indoor unit should be sited in a place where:
1) the restrictions on installation specified in the indoor unit installation drawings are met,
2) both air intake and exhaust have clear paths met,
3) the unit is not in the path of direct sunlight,
4) the unit is away from the source of heat or steam,
5) there is no source of machine oil vapour (this may shorten indoor unit life),
6) cool (warm) air is circulated throughout the room,
7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the remote controller range,
8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound),
9) install at the recommended height (1.8m).
2. Wireless remote controller.

1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote controller signals are
properly received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).
Installation Tips
1. Removing and installing front panel. <When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>
• Removal method
Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right CAUTION
1) Push up.
of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide
Be sure to wear protection gloves.
the front panel sideways to disengage
the rotating shaft. Then pull
the front panel toward you Place both hands under the center of the front
to remove it. grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you. 2) Pull toward you.
• Installation method
1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).
2) Install 2screws of the front grille.
• Installation method 3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
Align the tabs of the front panel with the
grooves, and push all the way in. Then 3. How to set the
Push the
close slowly. Push the center of the rotating shaft different addresses.
of the front
lower surface of the panel firmly to panel into the When two indoor units are
engage the tabs. groove.
installed in one room, the
ADDRESS
two wireless remote

controllers can be set for
different addresses.
JA
2. Removing and installing front grille. 1) In the same way as

JA ADDRESS
• Removal method Upper hook
mark area
(3 locations) when connecting to an EXIST 1
1)Remove front panel to remove the air filter. HA system, remove the CUT 2
2)Remove the front grille. metal plate electrical
3)In front of the mark of the wiring cover.
J4
front grille, there are 3 upper 2) Cut the address jumper
hooks. Lightly pull the front grille (JA) on the printed
Upper hook
toward you with one hand, and Lightly pull the front
grille toward you with Push circuit board.
down.
push down on the hooks with one hand, and push
down on the hooks with 3) Cut the address jumper
the fingers of your other hand. the fingers of your other
hand. (3 locations)
Upper hook
(J4) in the remote
controller.
J4 ADDRESS
EXIST 1
CUT 2

Indoor Unit Installation Drawings

How to attach the indoor unit. A Mounting
Hook the claws of the bottom frame plate
to the mounting plate.
If the claws are difficult to hook,
remove the front grille. Clip
How to remove the indoor unit.
A Mounting plate Push up the marked area (at the
lower part of the front grille) to Bottom frame
release the claws. If it is difficult to Front grille Mark (rear side)
release, remove the front grille.
The mounting plate

should be installed on a
wall which can support the
weight of the indoor unit.
B Mounting plate fixing

screws M4 × 25L (6)
Cut thermal insulation

Caulk pipe to an appropriate
30mm or more from ceiling pipe hole length and wrap it with
gap tape, making sure that no
with putty. gap is left in the insulation
pipe’s cut line.
Front panel
Wrap the insulation pipe with

the finishing tape from bottom
50mm or more from walls to top.
(on both sides) Intelligent-eye sensor
M4 × 16L
Air filters
Service lid
Opening service lid
Service lid is opening/closing type.
Opening method
1) Remove the service lid screws.
2) Pull out the service lid diagonally
down in the direction of the arrow.
3) Pull down.
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic

Air-Purifying Filter (2)
C Titanium Apatite
Photocatalytic
Air filter
Filter frame
Before screwing the remote
D Wireless
controller holder to the wall,
remote controller
make sure that control
signals are properly
Tab received by indoor unit.
F Fixing screws for E

remote controller Remote
holder M3 × 20L (2) controller holder
Intelligent-eye Sensor
CAUTION
1) Do not hit or violently push the intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.
2) Do not place large objects near the sensor. Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the
sensor’s detection area.

Indoor Unit Installation (1)

1. Installing the mounting plate.
• The mounting plate should be installed on a wall which can support the weight of the indoor unit.
1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and
mark the boring points on the wall.
2) Secure the mounting plate to the wall with screws.
Recommended mounting plate retention spots and dimensions
450 100
Recommended
mounting plate Place a leveler
retention spots on raised tab.
(6 spots in all) 400
141.5
50.5
80 (Bolt size : M10) 135
(Bolt size : M10)
46.5
47.5
283
Use tape
110
44.5 87
131.5
measure
as shown. φ65 φ65
44.5
Position the
end of a tape
measure at . 60 130 60 110
220 50
800
Liquid pipe end Keep here the piece cut out

Drain hose Through- from the unit for piping
Gas pipe end
position the-wall
hole 65mm
* The removed pipe port cover can be

kept in the mounting plate pocket. Removed pipe
port cover
A Mounting plate
2. Boring a wall hole and installing wall embedded pipe.

• For walls containing metal frame or metal board, be sure to use a wall
embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent
Inside Outside
possible heat, electrical shock, or fire. Wall embedded pipe
(Field supply)
Caulking
• Be sure to caulk the gaps around the pipes with caulking material to
prevent water leakage.
φ65
1) Bore a feed-through hole of 65mm in the wall so it has a down slope Wall hole cover
(Field supply)
toward the outside. Wall embedded pipe
(Field supply)
2) Insert a wall pipe into the hole.
3) Insert a wall cover into wall pipe.
4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe
hole gap with putty.


3. Installing indoor unit.
3-1. Right-side, right-back, or right-bottom piping.
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes
with an adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an Remove pipe port cover Right-back piping
insulation tape. here for right-side piping. Right-bottom

piping Bind coolant pipe
and drain hose
Remove pipe port cover together with
here for right-bottom piping. insulating tape.
A Mounting plate
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall
hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by
using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid. (Refer to
Installation Tips.)
5) Pass the interconnecting wires from the outdoor unit through
the feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
indoor unit. Pull them through the front side.

Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. A Mounting plate
(If the interconnecting wire ends are to be stripped first, bundle When stripping the
ends of interconnecting
wire ends with adhesive tape.) wires in advance, bind Interconnecting
right ends of wires with wires
6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to insulating tape.
Wire guide
set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do
not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.
3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping. Remove pipe

port cover
here for left-
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes side piping.
with adhesive vinyl tape. Left-side

piping
Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping. Left-back
piping
Left-bottom piping
2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in place of How to set drain plug
a drain plug. ap
No g Do not apply lubricating
oil (refrigerant machine
oil) when inserting.
Application of causes
deterioration and drain
leakage of the plug.
Insert a hexagon wrench (4mm)
3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path

marking on the mounting plate.
4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through
the wall hole, then set the indoor unit on Drain
hose A Mounting plate
mounting plate hooks, using the markings at Caulk this hole
the top of indoor unit as a guide. with putty or
caulking material. Bind with plastic
Wrap insulating tape around the
bent portion of refrigerant pipe.
5) Pull in the interconnecting wires. tape. Overlap at least half the width
of the tape with each turn.
6) Connect the inter-unit piping.
7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with
insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose A
Mounting
through the back of the indoor unit. Drain hose
plate
8) While exercising care so that the interconnecting wires do not catch Refrigerant
pipes
indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands until
it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure indoor unit to
the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L). Bottom frame
H M4 × 12L (2 point)
3-3. Wall embedded piping.

Insert drain hose
Follow the instructions given under to this depth so
Inner wall
it won’t be pulled
out of drain pipe.
Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping
50mm Drain hose
1) Insert the drain hose to this depth so it won’t be pulled out of or more
Vinyl chloride
the drain pipe. Outer wall
drain pipe
(VP-30)


With a multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.
4. Wiring. Terminal block
Electrical component box
1) Strip wire ends (15mm). Shape wires so that the service lid
will fit securely.
2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and outdoor unit’s
terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the corresponding terminals. Connector for fan motor
3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals. Firmly secure wire retainer so that
wires sustain no external stress.
Attach the earth wire so that it is not connected to the fan Use the Wire retainer
specified wire type.
motor connector.
4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, Firmly fix the wires with
the terminal screws. Outdoor unit
then retain wires with wire retainer. 1 23 LN
When wire length exceeds
5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
controller cable and attach the S21.

1
(Refer to 5. When connecting to an HA system.) Indoor
unit
2
3
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close service lid.
Firmly fix the wires with
H05VV
the terminal screws.
WARNING
1) Do not use tapped wires, stranded wires, extensioncords, or starburst connections, as they may cause
overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain pump, etc.,
from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
5. When connecting to an HA system.

1) Remove the front grille.
(2 screws) Push
Tab Notched part
2) Remove the electrical Slide

wiring box. (1 screw) HA cord
3) Remove the metal plate HA connector
electrical wiring cover. (S21)
(3 tabs)
4) Attach the connection Slide
cord to the S21 connector 3) Remove the metal Screw Pull

4) Attach the connection cord to
the S21 connector and pull the
5) Replace the electrical
wiring cover as it was,
plate electrical
and pull the harness out wiring cover.
Tab
harness out through the
notched part in the figure.
and pull the harness
around, as shown
through the notched part in the figure.
in the figure.
5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness
around, as shown in the figure.
6. Drain piping.
1) Connect the drain hose, as described below. 3) When drain hose requires extension, obtain
The drain hose should an extension hose commercially available.
be inclined downward. Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor
section of the extension hose.
No trap is permitted. Extension drain hose
Indoor unit
φ18
drain hose
Do not put the end
of the hose in water.
Heat insulation tube

(Field supply)
2) Remove the air filters and pour some water 4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe
into the drain pan to check the water flows (nominal diameter 13mm) directly to the drain
smoothly. hose attached to the indoor unit as with embedded
piping work, use any commercially available drain
socket (nominal diameter 13mm) as a joint.
φ18
Drain hose supplied with Commercially available drain Commercially available rigid
the indoor unit socket polyvinyl chloride pipe
(nominal diameter 13mm) (nominal diameter 13mm)

Refrigerant Piping Work

With a multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.
1. Flaring the pipe end.
1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter. (Cut exactly at
right angles.) Remove burrs
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing
Flaring
downward so that the chips do not enter Set exactly at the position shown below.
the pipe. A Flare tool for R410A Conventional flare tool
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe. Clutch-type Clutch-type (Rigid-type) Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
Die A 0-0.5mm 1.0-1.5mm 1.5-2.0mm
4) Flare the pipe.
5) Check that the flaring is properly made. Check
The pipe end must
Flare’s inner
surface must be evenly flared in
be flaw-free. a perfect circle.
Make sure that the

flare nut is fitted.
WARNING
1) Do not use mineral oil on flared part.
2) Prevent mineral oil from getting into the system as this would reduce the lifetime of the units.
3) Never use piping which has been used for previous installations. Only use parts which are delivered with the unit.
4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee its lifetime.
5) The drying material may dissolve and damage the system.
6) Incomplete flaring may cause refrigerant gas leakage.
2. Refrigerant piping
CAUTION
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.)
2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R410A.)
3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
[Apply oil] Do not apply refrigeration Apply refrigeration [Tighten] Torque wrench
oil to the outer surface. oil to the inner
surface of the flare. Flare nut tightening torque
Flare nut
Gas side Liquid side
Spanner
3/8 inch 1/4 inch
32.7-39.9N • m 14.2-17.2N • m
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare Piping union (330-407kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm)
nut avoid tightening with over torque. Flare nut
2-1. Caution on piping handling. Wall

Be sure to
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture. place a cap.
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a Rain
If no flare cap is
pipe bender for bending. available, cover
the flare mouth
with tape to keep
dirt or water out.
2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.
• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following: Inter-unit wiring
1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam Gas pipe

Liquid pipe
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh •˚C))
Refrigerant gas pipe’s surface temperature reaches 110˚C max.
Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide
Gas pipe Liquid pipe
insulation dimensions as below. insulation insulation
Gas side Gas pipe thermal insulation Liquid pipe thermal Finishing tape Drain hose
Liquid side
25/35 class 25/35 class insulation
O.D. 9.5mm O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 12-15mm I.D. 8-10mm

Bending radius 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
3) Use separate thermal insulation pipes for gas and liquid refrigerant pipes.

Trial Operation and Testing

1. Trial operation and testing.
1-1 Measure the supply voltage and make sure that it falls in the specified range.
1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in either cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump
• In cooling mode, select the lowest programmable temperature; in heating mode, select the highest
programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation may be disabled in either mode depending on the room temperature.
Use the remote controller for trial operation as described below.
2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode,
20˚C to 24˚C in heating mode).
3) For protection, the system disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
For Cooling only
• Select the lowest programmable temperature.
1) Trial operation in cooling mode may be disabled depending on the room temperature.
2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C).
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the operation manual to ensure that all functions and
parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.
• The air conditioner requires a small amount of power in its standby mode. If the system is not to be used for
some time after installation, shut off the circuit breaker to eliminate unnecessary power consumption.
• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the original
operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
Trial operation from remote controller.

1) Press ON/OFF button to turn on the system.
2) Simultaneously press centre of TEMP button and MODE button.
3) Press MODE button twice.
(“ ” will appear on the display to indicate that Trial Operation mode is selected.)
4) Trial run mode terminates in approx. 30 minutes and switches into normal mode. To quit a trial
operation, press ON/OFF button.
2. Test items.
Symptom
Test items Check
(diagnostic display on RC)
Indoor and outdoor units are installed properly on

Fall, vibration, noise
solid bases.
No refrigerant gas leaks. Incomplete cooling/heating function
Refrigerant gas and liquid pipes and indoor drain

Water leakage
hose extension are thermally insulated.
Draining line is properly installed. Water leakage

System is properly earthed. Electrical leakage
The specified wires are used for interconnecting

Inoperative or burn damage
wire connections.
Indoor or outdoor unit’s air intake or exhaust has

Incomplete cooling/heating function
clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened.
Indoor unit properly receives remote controller

Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P175978-5D

12.1.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS80 G
Accessories
A Mounting plate D Wireless remote controller
1 1 H
M4 × 12L 2
B
Mounting plate fixing 9 E Remote controller holder 1 J Insulation tape 1
screws M4 × 25L
Fixing screws for remote
C Titanium Apatite F
controller holder M3 × 20L 2 K Operation manual 1
Photocatalytic 2
Air-Purifying Filter G AAA dry-cell batteries 2 L Installation manual 1

1. Indoor unit.

Installation Tips
• Removal method
Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right CAUTION 1) Push up.
of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide
the front panel sideways to disengage
the rotating shaft. Then pull
the front panel toward you
to remove it. Place both hands under the center of the front
2) Pull toward you.
grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.
1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).
• Installation method 2) Install 3 screws of the front grille.
Align the tabs of the front panel with 3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
the grooves, and push all the way in.
Push the
Then close slowly. Push the center of rotating shaft
the lower surface of the panel firmly to of the front 3. How to set the different
panel into the
engage the tabs. addresses.
ADDRESS
groove.
When two indoor units are
two wireless remote
JA
2. Removing and installing front grille. controllers can be set for JA ADDRESS
• Removal method Upper hook mark area different addresses. EXIST 1
(3 locations) CUT 2
1)Remove front panel to remove 1) In the same way as when
the air filter. connecting to an HA
2) Remove the front grille. system, remove the metal
3) In front of the mark of plate electrical wiring J4
the front grille, there are 3 Lightly pull the front grille cover.
Upper hook
upper hooks. Lightly pull the toward you with one Push 2) Cut the address jumper
hand, and push down on down.
front grille toward you with one the hooks with the fingers (JA) on the prindted
hand, and push down on the Upper hook
of your other hand. circuit board.
hooks with the fingers of your (3 locations)
3) Cut the address jumper
other hand. (J4) in the remote J4 ADDRESS
EXIST 1
controller. CUT 2


How to attach the indoor unit.
Hook the claws of the bottom frame A Mounting
to the mounting plate. plate
If the claws are difficult to hook,
A Mounting plate remove the front grille. Clip

Push up the marked area (at the Bottom frame
lower part of the front grille) to
release the claws. If it is difficult to
release, remove the front grille. Front grille Mark (rear side)
The mounting plate

B Mounting plate fixing should be installed on a
screws M4 × 25L (9) weight of the indoor unit.

30mm or more from ceiling length and wrap it with
pipe hole
pipe’s cut line.
Front panel

50mm or more from walls to top.
(on both sides)
Intelligent-eye sensor
(FTXS, FTKS only)
Air filters M4 × 16L
Service lid
Opening service lid
Opening method
2) Pull out the service lid diagonally
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic 3) Pull down.
Tabs (upper 3 locations)
Tabs (lower 3 locations)

Insert the upper side of the C Titanium
Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying filter into Before screwing the remote
the tabs (upper 3 locations),push the lower D Wireless
side of the filters up a little and into the tabs remote controller
(lower 3 locations).
received by indoor unit.
E
F Fixing screws for Remote
remote controller controller holder
holder M3 × 20L (2)
Intelligent-eye Sensor (FTXS, FTKS only)

CAUTION


Recommended mounting plate retention

spots (9 spots in all)
Place a leveler on raised tab.
(Bolt size : M10) (Bolt size : M10)
125 100
55
Use tape
measure
as shown.
290
Position the
end of a tape
measure at ∇ .
90
φ80 φ80
52
52
60 83 44.5
413.5 100 99.5
1050
Through-the-wall Gas pipe end
Liquid pipe end
Drain hose position hole φ80mm Keep here the piece cut out
(length: mm)
from the unit for piping

port cover
A Mounting plate

embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent Inside Outside
(Field supply) Caulking
φ80
toward the outside. (Field supply)
Wall embedded pipe
(Field supply)


2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an Remove pipe port cover Right-back piping
insulation tape. here for right-side piping. Right-bottom

piping Bind coolant pipe
and drain hose
A Mounting plate
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall
hole, then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by
using the markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid. (Refer to
Installation Tips.)
5) Pass the inter-unit wiring from the outdoor unit through the
Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
feed-through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor
unit. Pull them through the front side.
Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance. A Mounting plate
(If the inter-unit wiring ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire When stripping the
ends of inter-unit wiring
ends with adhesive tape.) in advance, bind right Inter-unit wiring
6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to ends of wires with
insulating tape.
Wire guide
set it on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do
not catch on the edge of the indoor unit.
3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping. Remove pipe port

cover here for
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant pipes left-side piping.
with adhesive vinyl tape. Left-side

piping
piping
Left-bottom piping
2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in place of How to set drain plug
a drain plug. ap Do not apply lubricating
No g oil (refrigerant oil) when
inserting.
Insert a hexagon wrench (4mm)
mounting plate hooks, using the markings at
Caulk this hole
Bind with plastic
Wrap insulating tape around the
caulking material. bent portion of refrigerant pipe.
5) Pull in the inter-unit wiring. tape. Overlap at least half the width
of the tape with each turn.
insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose A
Mounting
through the back of the indoor unit. Drain hose
plate
8) While exercising care so that the inter-unit wiring do not catch Refrigerant
pipes
indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands
until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure
indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L). Bottom frame

Follow the instructions given under Insert drain hose to this
depth so it won’t be
Inner wall
pulled out of drain pipe.

Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping .
50mm Drain hose
Vinyl chloride
the drain pipe. Outer wall drain pipe
(VP-30)


4. Wiring.
With a Multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation
Terminal block
manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit. Electrical component box
1) Strip wire ends (15mm). Shape wires so
that the service
2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and lid will fit securely.
outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the

Firmly secure wire retainer
corresponding terminals. so that wires sustain no
Use the external stress.
3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals. specified
wire type. Wire retainer
4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up,
then retain wires with wire retainer. Firmly fix the wires with
5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote When wire length exceeds
1 23 LN
controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
connecting to an HA system.) 1
Indoor 2
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close unit 3
service lid. Firmly fix the wires with H05VV

WARNING
5. When connecting to an HA system. HA cord

1) Remove the front grille.
Tab
(3 screws) Push
Tab Notched part
2) Remove the electrical Push
wiring box. (1 screw) Slide
3) Remove the metal plate HA connector

Main body
electrical wiring cover. (S21)
(4 tabs)
Metal plate
4) Attach the connection electrical cover
Screw
cord to the S21 connector 3) Remove the metal Push 4) Attach the connection cord to
the S21 connector and pull the
plate electrical
and pull the harness out wiring cover. Tab harness out through the
notched part in the figure.
around, as shown
in the figure.
6. Drain piping.
φ18
Indoor unit
drain hose
Do not put the end

(Field supply)
φ18

Refrigerant Piping Work

With a Multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.

(Cut exactly at
1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter. right angles.) Remove burrs
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing Flaring
downward so that the chips do not enter the Set exactly at the position shown below.
A Flare tool for R410A Conventional flare tool
pipe. Clutch-type Clutch-type (Rigid-type) Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe. Die A 0-0.5mm 1.0-1.5mm 1.5-2.0mm
4) Flare the pipe. Check
The pipe end must
5) Check that the flaring is properly made. Flare’s inner
Make sure that the

WARNING
4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee it’s lifetime.
2. Refrigerant piping.
CAUTION
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully
with the torque wrenches.
[Apply oil] [Tighten]
Flare nut tightening torque
Do not apply refrigeration
Apply refrigeration oil to the Torque wrench
oil to the outer surface.
inner surface of the flare. Gas side Liquid side
Flare nut
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
Spanner 49.5-60.3N m 61.8-75.4N m 14.2-17.2N m

(505-615kgf cm) (630-770kgf cm) (144-175kgf cm)
Do not apply
refrigeration oil to the
flare nut avoid tightening Piping union
with over torque. Flare nut
Wall
Be sure to
place a cap.
2-1. Caution on piping handling. Rain
If no flare cap is
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture. available, cover
the flare mouth
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a with tape to keep
pipe bender for bending. dirt or water out.
Inter-unit wiring
2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials. Gas pipe
• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following: Liquid pipe
1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam

Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/(mh ˚C))
Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this temperature. Gas pipe Liquid pipe
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation insulation
insulation dimensions as below. Finishing tape Drain hose
Gas side Liquid side Gas pipe thermal insulation Liquid pipe thermal insulation
50/60 class 71/80/90 class 50/60/71/80/90 classs 50/60 class 71/80/90 class 50/60/71/80/90 class
O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 14-16mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 8-10mm
Bending radius Bending radius Bending radius
40mm or larger 50mm or larger 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
Thickness 0.8mm Thickness 1.0mm Thickness 0.8mm
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)


For Heat pump
For Cooling only

2. Test items.
Symptom
Test items Check

solid bases.

Water leakage

The specified wires are used for inter-unit wiring

connections.

clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.

Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P182980-4C

12.1.4 FTXS 80-100 H
Accessories
A Mounting plate 1 E Remote controller holder 1 J Insulation tape 1
Mounting plate fixing Fixing screws for remote
B 9 F 2 K Operation manual 1
screws M4 × 25L controller holder M3 × 20L
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Dry batteries AAA. LR03
C 3 G 2 L Installation manual 1
Air-Purifying Filter (alkaline)
D Wireless remote controller
Indoor unit fixing screws M Screw cover
1 H 3 3
M4 × 12L

1. Indoor unit.

Installation Tips
• Removal method
Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right CAUTION 1) Push up.
of the main body, and open until the panel stops. Slide the
front panel sideways to disengage the rotating shaft.
Then pull the front panel toward
you to remove it. Place both hands under the center of the
front grille, and while pushing up, pull it
2) Pull toward you.
toward you.
1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks
(4 locations).
Align the tabs of the front panel with 2) Install 6 screws of the front grille.
the grooves, and push all the way in. 3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
Push the
Then close slowly. Push the center of rotating shaft
the lower surface of the panel firmly to of the front
engage the tabs. panel into the 3. How to set the different
groove. addresses.
ADDRESS
installed in one room, the two

2. Removing and installing front grille. wireless remote controllers
• Removal method mark area can be set for different
Upper hook
1) Remove front panel to (4 locations) JA
addresses.
remove the air filter. 1) In the same way as when
JA ADDRESS
EXIST 1
2) Remove the front grille. connecting to an HA CUT 2
system, remove the metal J4

3) In front of the mark plate electrical wiring cover.
Lightly pull the front grille
of the front grille, there are toward you with one Push
Upper hook
4 upper hooks. Lightly pull hand, and push down on down. 2) Cut the address jumper
the hooks with the fingers (JA) on the prindted circuit
the front grille toward you of your other hand. Upper hook
board.
with one hand, and push (4 locations)
down on the hooks with the 3) Cut the address jumper

J4 ADDRESS
fingers of your other hand. (J4) in the remote EXIST 1
controller. CUT 2


A Mounting plate The mounting plate How to attach the indoor unit.
should be installed on a Hook the claws of the bottom frame A Mounting
wall which can support the to the mounting plate. plate
weight of the indoor unit. If the claws are difficult to hook,
remove the front grille. Clip

Push up the marked area (at the Bottom frame
lower part of the front grille) to
release the claws. If it is difficult to
release, remove the front grille. Front grille Mark (rear side)
B Mounting plate fixing

screws M4 × 25L (9)
30mm or more
from ceiling
Front panel pipe to an appropriate
Caulk
pipe hole length and wrap it with
pipe’s cut line.

to top.
50mm or more
from walls
(on both sides) Intelligent-eye sensor
M4 × 16L M4 × 16L
M4 × 16L Front grille fixture Service lid
How to remove front grille fixture Opening service lid
1) Insert the tool into the groove of the Service lid is opening/closing type.
M Screw cover front grille fixture. Opening method
Air filters 2) Pull out the service lid diagonally
3) Pull down.
Front grille fixture

Bottom of indoor unit
2) Turn the tool 90˚ in the direction of

the arrow.
C Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic

Filter frame 3) Take out the front grille fixture.
Before screwing the remote

D Wireless controller holder to the wall,
Tab remote controller make sure that control
Air filter signals are properly
E
F Fixing screws for Remote
remote controller controller holder
holder M3 × 20L (2)
Intelligent-eye Sensor
CAUTION



Recommended mounting plate Place a leveler on raised tab.
* The removed pipe port retention spots (9 spots in all)
cover can be kept in the 131 134
mounting plate pocket. (Bolt size: M10) (Bolt size: M10) (Bolt size: M10)
53
340
Use tape
190
measure
Removed pipe as shown.
port cover Position
φ80 φ80 the end of
a tape
45
45
measure
65.3 161 Gas pipe end 182.5 89 at ∇.
554 47 Liquid pipe end
A Mounting 1200 (length: mm)
plate
Drain hose Through-the-wall Keep here the piece cut out
position hole φ80mm from the unit for piping

embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent Inside Outside
(Field supply) Caulking
φ80
toward the outside. (Field supply)
Wall embedded pipe
(Field supply)
4) After completing refrigerant piping, wiring, and drain piping, caulk pipe hole gap with putty.

2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with an Remove pipe port cover
here for right-side piping. Right-bottom
Right-back piping
J insulation tape. piping Bind coolant pipe

and drain hose
here for right-bottom piping.
J insulation tape.
3) Pass the drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole, A Mounting plate
then set the indoor unit on the mounting plate hooks by using the
markings at the top of the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front panel, then open the service lid.

(Refer to Installation Tips.)
5) Pass the inter-unit wiring from the outdoor unit through the feed-
through wall hole and then through the back of the indoor unit. Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Pull them through the front side.
Bend the ends of tie wires upward for easier work in advance.
(If the inter-unit wiring ends are to be stripped first, bundle wire When stripping the
ends of inter-unit
A Mounting
plate
ends with adhesive tape.) wiring in advance,
bind right ends of
6) Press the bottom frame of the indoor unit with both hands to set it wires with Inter-unit
wiring
J insulation tape.
on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure that the wires do not Wire guide
catch on the edge of the indoor unit.


3-2. Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping. Remove pipe port
cover here for
1) Attach the drain hose to the underside of the refrigerant left-side piping.
pipes with adhesive vinyl tape. Left-side

piping
2) Be sure to connect the drain hose to the drain port in Remove pipe port cover here for left-bottom piping. Left-back
piping
place of a drain plug. Left-bottom piping
How to set the drain hose. How to set the drain hose.
• Insert drain hose and tighten indoor unit fixing screw.
(Forgetting to attach this may cause water leakages.) ap Do not apply
* The drain hose is on the back of the unit. No g
lubricating oil
(refrigerant oil)
Attachment on the left side Drain hose attachment position Attachment on the right side (factory default) when inserting.
Application of
Indoor unit Insulation causes deterioration
fixing screw fixing screw and drain leakage
Insert a hexagon of the plug.
wrench (4mm)
Drain hose Drain hose
Front side of unit

mounting plate hooks, using the markings at Caulk this hole
Wrap J insulation tape
caulking material. Bind with plastic around the bent portion of
tape.
5) Pull in the inter-unit wiring. refrigerant pipe.
Overlap at least half the width
6) Connect the inter-unit piping. of the J insulation tape with
each turn.
J insulation tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain Inter-unit wiring A
Mounting
hose through the back of the indoor unit. Drain hose plate
8) While exercising care so that the inter-unit wiring do not catch Refrigerant
pipes
indoor unit, press the bottom edge of indoor unit with both hands
until it is firmly caught by the mounting plate hooks. Secure
indoor unit to the mounting plate with the screws (M4 × 12L). Bottom frame

Follow the instructions given under Insert drain hose to this Inner wall
depth so it won’t be
pulled out of drain pipe.
Left-side, left-back, or left-bottom piping .
50mm Drain hose
Vinyl chloride
the drain pipe. Outer wall drain pipe
(VP-30)
4. Wiring.
Terminal block
1) Strip wire ends (15mm). Electrical component box
2) Match wire colours with terminal numbers on indoor and Shape wires so
that the service
outdoor unit’s terminal blocks and firmly screw wires to the lid will fit securely.
corresponding terminals.
Firmly secure wire retainer
3) Connect the earth wires to the corresponding terminals. Use the
so that wires sustain no
external stress.
4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, specified
wire type. Wire retainer
then retain wires with wire retainer.
5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote Firmly fix the wires with
controller cable and attach the S21. (Refer to 5. When When wire length exceeds
1 23 LN
connecting to an HA system.) 10m, use 2.0mm diameter wires.
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close Indoor
1
2
service lid. unit 3
Firmly fix the wires with 60245 IEC57

WARNING


Tab
HA connector
(S21)
1) Remove the front grille. Pull

Pull
(6 screws, 3 front grille

fixtures) Slide
Tab
2) Remove the electrical Lay the HA cord as
shown in the figure.
wiring box. (1 screw)
HA connector
3) Remove the metal plate Screw Slide
(S21)
electrical wiring cover. Metal plate
electrical cover
4) Attach the connection
cord to the S21
(4 tabs) connector and pull
the harness out
around, as shown
3) Remove the metal plate through the notched in the figure.
4) Attach the connection electrical wiring cover. Main body part in the figure.
cord to the S21 connector

and pull the harness out
5) Replace the electrical wiring cover as it was, and pull the harness around, as shown in the figure.
6. Drain piping.
Indoor unit
φ18
drain hose
Do not put the end

(Field supply)
φ18
Refrigerant Piping Work (1)

1. Flaring the pipe end. (Cut exactly at
1) Cut the pipe end with a pipe cutter.
Flaring
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing Set exactly at the position shown below.
downward so that the chips do not enter the A Flare tool for R410A Conventional flare tool
Clutch-type Clutch-type (Rigid-type) Wing-nut type (Imperial-type)
pipe. A 0-0.5mm 1.0-1.5mm 1.5-2.0mm
Die
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.
Check
The pipe end must
4) Flare the pipe. Flare’s inner
5) Check that the flaring is properly made.
Make sure that the
WARNING
4) Do never install a drier to this R410A unit in order to guarantee it’s lifetime.

Refrigerant Piping Work (2)

CAUTION
Apply refrigeration oil to the Flare nut tightening torque
oil to the outer surface. Torque wrench
inner surface of the flare.
Flare nut
5/8 inch 3/8 inch
Do not apply Spanner
refrigeration oil to 61.8-75.4N • m 32.7-39.9N • m
the flare nut avoid (630-770kgf • cm) (330-407kgf • cm)
tightening with over torque.
Piping union
Wall
Flare nut Be sure to
2-1. Caution on piping handling. place a cap.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture. Rain
If no flare cap is
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender available, cover
the flare mouth
for bending. with tape to keep
dirt or water out.
2-2. Selection of copper and heat insulation materials.
Inter-unit wiring
• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following: Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
insulation insulation
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide
insulation dimensions as below. Finishing tape Drain hose
Bening radius 50mm or larger Bening radius 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
Thickness 1.0mm (C1220T-0) Thickness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation

In order to protect the environment, be sure to pump down when relocating or disposing of the unit.
1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve. Hexagonal
wrench
2) Carry out forced cooling operation. Liquid
stop valve
Close
3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench.
4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forced cooling operation.
Gas
How to force cooling operation mode stop valve Valve cap
Using the indoor unit ON/OFF switch

Press the indoor unit ON/OFF switch for at least five seconds. (Operation will start.)
• Forced cooling operation will stop automatically after around 15 minutes.
To force a test run to stop, press the indoor unit ON/OFF switch.
Using the main unit’s remote controller
1) Press the MODE button to return the operation mode to cooling.
2) Press the ON/OFF button. (Operation will start.)
3) Press the TEMP button and the MODE button at the same time.
4) Press the MODE button twice. ( will be displayed and the unit will enter test run mode.)
• Test run mode will stop automatically after around 30 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the
ON/OFF button.
CAUTION
1) After closing the liquid stop valve, close the gas stop valve within three minutes, then stop the forced operation.



1) Press the MODE button and select the trial operation mode.
2. Test items.
Symptom
Test items Check
solid bases.
Water leakage
connections.
clear path of air. Stop valves are opened.
Inoperative
commands.
will appear when the MODE button is pressed.* No heating
* If the is not displayed, change the dipswitch setting for

the remote controller.
Slide the dipswitch to the left-hand side.
Press the MODE button again and check that appears
on the LCD of the remote controller.
Dipswitch
C: 2P228446-1A

12.1.5 FTXS 50 C
Accessories
A Mounting plate 1 D Wireless remote controller 1 H
M4 × 12L 2
B
Mounting platefixing screws 9 E Remote controller holder 1 1
J Insulation tape
M4 × 25L
C Air purifying filter with F
Fixing screws for remote 2 1
K Operation manual
controller holder M3 × 20L
photocatalytic deodorizing 2
function G AAA dry-cell batteries 2 L Installation manual 1
Choosing a Site
1. Indoor unit.
6) cool air is circulated throughout the room,
7) the unit is away from electronic ignition type fluorescent lamps (inverter or rapid start type) as they may shorten the
remote control range,
8) the unit is at least 1 metre away from any television or radio set (unit may cause interference with the picture or sound).
1) Turn on all the fluorescent lamps in the room, if any, and find the site where remote control signals are properly
received by the indoor unit (within 7 metres).
Installation Tips
1. Removing and installing front panel <When there is no work space because the unit is close to ceiling>
• Removal method
Hook fingers on the panel protrusions on the left and right of the main body, Caution
1) Push up.
and open until the panel stops. Slide the front panel sideways to disengage
the rotating shaft. Then pull the front Be sure to wear protection gloves.
panel toward you to remove it.
Place both hands under the center of the front

2) Pull toward you.
grille, and while pushing up, pull it toward you.
• Installation method 1) Install the front grille and firmly engage the upper hooks (3 locations).
Align the tabs of the front panel with the 2) Install 3screws of the front grill.
grooves, and push all the way in. Then close Push the
3) Install the air filter and then mount the front panel.
slowly. Push the center of the lower surface rotating shaft
of the front
of the panel firmly to engage the tabs. panel into the
groove.
3. How to set the different
addresses
Address

2. Removing and installing front grille mark area
two wireless remote
• Removal method Upper hook
(3 locations) controllers can be set for
JA
1) Remove front panel to remove the air filter. different addresses.

JA Address
2) Remove the front grille. (3 screws) 1) In the same way as when EXIST 1
3) In front of the mark of the front grille, connecting to an HA CUT 2
there are 3 upper hooks. Lightly pull the system, remove the metal
front grille toward you with one hand, and plate electrical wiring
push down on the hooks with the fingers of cover.
your other hand. Upper hook
2) Cut the address jumper J4
Lightly pull the front
grille toward you with Push
down.
(JA).
one hand, and push
down on the hooks with 3) Cut the address jumper
Upper hook
the fingers of your other
hand. (3 locations)
(J4).
J4 Address
EXIST 1
CUT 2

A Mounting plate
M4 × 25L The mounting plate

should be installed on a
weight of the indoor unit.

30 mm or more from ceiling pipe hole length and wrap it with
pipe’s cut line.
Front grille

50 mm or more from walls the finishing tape from bottom
to top.
(on both sides)
Air filters
Service lid
Opening service lid
Opening method
C Air purifying filter with photocatalytic
deodorizing function
2) Lift the service lid upward.
Tabs (upper 3 locations)
Tabs (lower 3 locations)

Insert the upper side of the C Air purifying filter
with photocatalytic deodorizing function into the tabs
(upper 3 locations),push the lower side of the filters
up a little and into the tabs (lower 3 locations). Before screwing the remote
D Wireless
remote controller
E
Remote
F controller holder
(M3 × 20L)
Caution
1) Do not hit or violently push the Intelligent-eye sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.

Indoor Unit Installation

1) Temporarily secure the mounting plate to the wall, make sure that the panel is completely level, and mark
the boring points on the wall.
Recommended mounting-plate retention spots and Dimensions
Recommended mounting - plate retention

spots (9 spots in all)
b Place a leveler on raised tab.
(Bolt size : M10) (Bolt size : M10)
125 100
55
Use tape
measure
as shown.
Position the
290
end of tape
measure at ∇.
90
φ80 φ80
52
52
60 83 413.5 44.5 100 99.5
1050
Through-the-wall Gas pipe end
Liquid pipe end
Drain hose position hole φ80mm Keep here the piece cut out
from the unit for piping

port cover
A Mounting plate

embedded pipe and wall cover in the feed-through hole to prevent
Inside Outside
(field supply)
Caulking
φ80
1) Bore a feed-through hole of 80 mm in the wall so it has a down slope Wall hole cover
(field supply)
toward the outside. Wall embedded pipe
(field supply)


3-1. Right-Side, Right-Back, or Right-Bottom Piping
1) Attach the drain hose to the
underside of the refrigerant pipes
with adhesive vinyl tape.
2) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and
Right-back piping
drain hose together with Remove pipe port cover
here for right-side piping. Right-bottom
insulation tape. piping Bind coolant pipe

and drain hose
3) Pass the drain hose and A Mounting plate

refrigerant pipes through the wall
hole, then set the indoor unit on
the mounting plate hooks by
using the markings at the top of
the indoor unit as a guide.
4) Open the front grille, then

open the service lid. (Refer to Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Installation tips)
5) Pass the interconnecting A Mounting plate
wires from the outdoor unit When stripping the

ends of interconnecting
through the feed-through wall wires in advance, bind
right ends of wires with
Interconnecting
wires
hole and then through the insulating tape.
Wire guide
back of the indoor unit. Pull
them through the front side.
Bend the ends of tie wires upward in advance for easier work.
(If the interconnecting wire ends are to be stripped first, bundle
wire ends with adhesive tape.)
6) Press the indoor unit’s bottom panel with both hands to set it
on the mounting plate hooks. Make sure the wires do not catch
on the edge of the indoor unit.
3-2. Left-Side, Left-Back, or Left Bottom Piping

1) Attach the drain hose to the
Remove pipe
underside of the refrigerant port cover
here for left-
pipes with adhesive vinyl side piping.
tape. Left-side
piping
piping
Left-bottom piping
2) Be sure to connect the drain

How to set drain plug
hose to the drain port in place
of a drain plug. No g
ap
Do not apply lubricating
oil (refrigerant machine
oil) when inserting.
Insert a hexagon wrench (4 mm)


3) Shape the refrigerant pipe along the pipe path marking on the
mounting plate.
4) Pass drain hose and refrigerant pipes through the wall hole,
then set the indoor unit on mounting plate hooks, using the
markings at the top of indoor unit as a guide.
Drain
Caulk this hole
with putty or Wrap insulating tape around the bent portion
caulking material. Bind with plastic of refrigerant pipe.
tape. Overlap at least half the width of the tape
with each turn.
5) Pull in the interconnecting wires.

7) Wrap the refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with insulation
tape as right figure, in case of setting the drain hose through the back
of the indoor unit.
8) While exercising care so that the A
Mounting
interconnecting wires do not catch Drain hose
plate
indoor unit, press the bottom edge of Refrigerant

pipes
indoor unit with both hands until it is
firmly caught by the mounting plate
hooks. Secure indoor unit to the Bottom frame
mounting plate with screws (M4 × 12L).
3-3. Wall Embedded Piping

Follow the instructions given under
Insert drain hose
Inner wall
Left-Side, Left-Back, or Left Bottom Piping to this depth so
it won’t be pulled
out of drain pipe.
1) Insert the drain hose to this

50 mm Drain hose
depth so it wont be pulled out or more
Vinyl chloride
of the drain pipe. Outer wall
drain pipe
(VP-30)
4. Wiring.
With a Multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation
manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.
1) Strip wire ends (15 mm). Terminal block
2) Match wire colours with terminal Electrical component box
Wire retainer
numbers on indoor and outdoor unit’s Firmly secure wire retainer
so that wires sustain no
terminal blocks and firmly screw wires external stress.
to the corresponding terminals. Shape wires so that the service Use the specified wire type.
lid will fit securely.
3) Connect the earth wires to the
corresponding terminals.
4) Pull wires to make sure that they are securely latched up, then
retain wires with wire retainer.
5) In case of connecting to an adapter system. Run the remote control
cable and attach the S21 connector as the illustration above.
6) Shape the wires so that the service lid fits securely, then close
service lid. Firmly fix the wires with
Outdoor unit
1 23 LN
When wire length exceeds
10 m, use 2.0-mm wires.
1
Indoor 2 Safety Power
3 breaker Earth leakage
unit circuit breaker supply
20A 50Hz 220V - 240V
H05VV 60Hz 220V - 230V
the terminal screws. Earth
Warning
Do not use tapped wires, stand wires, extensioncords, or starbust connections,
as they may cause overtheating, electrical shock,or fire.


1) Remove the front grille. (3 screws)
2) Remove the electrical wiring box. (1 screw)
3) Remove the metal plate electrical wiring cover. (4 tabs)
4) Attach the connection cord to the S21 connector and pull the
harness out through the notched part in the figure.
HA cord
Tab
Push
Tab Notched part
Push
Slide
HA connector
Main body (S21)
Metal plate
electrical cover
Screw
3) Remove the metal Push 4) Attach the connection cord to 5) Replace the electrical
plate electrical the S21 connector and pull the wiring cover as it was,
wiring cover. Tab harness out through the and pull the harness
notched part in the figure. around, as shown
in the figure.
6. Drain piping.
The drain hose should
1) Connect the drain hose, as described be inclined downward.
below.
No trap is permitted.
Do not put the end

2) Remove the air filters and pour some

water into the drain pan to check the water
flows smoothly.
3) When drain hose requires extension, Extension drain hose

φ 18
Indoor unit
obtain an extension hose commercially drain hose
available.
Be sure to thermally insulate the indoor Heat insulation tube
section of the extension hose. (Field supply)
4) When connecting a rigid polyvinyl chloride pipe (nominal diameter

13 mm) directly to the drain hose attached to the indoor unit as with
embedded piping work, use any commercially available drain
socket (nominal diameter 13 mm) as a joint.
φ 18
(nominal diameter 13 mm) (nominal diameter 13 mm)

Refrigerant piping work

With a Multi indoor unit , install as described in the installation manual supplied with the Multi outdoor unit.

(Cut exactly at
1) Cut the pipe end with pipe cutterer. right angles.) Remove burrs Flare’s inner
Check
The pipe end must
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing surface must be evenly flared in
a perfect circle.
be flaw-free.
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe. Flaring Make sure that the
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe. Set exactly at the position shown below. flare nut is fitted.
A A
4) Flare the pipe.
RIGID 0.5 mm
5) Check that the flaring is properly made. Die IMPERIAL 1.0 mm
Warning
Caution [Apply oil]
1) Use the flare nut fixed to the main unit. (To prevent Do not apply refrigeration
Apply refrigeration oil to the
cracking of the flare nut by aged deterioration.) inner surface of the flare.
2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the Flare nut
inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil for R-22.)

3) Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to
prevent damage to the flare nuts and gas leakage.
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare
nut avoid tightening with over torque.
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts [Tighten]
3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the Torque wrench
torque wrenches.
Flare nut tightening torque Spanner
1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch 3/8 inch
Piping union
49.5-60.3N • m 61.8-75.4N • m 14.2-17.2N • m 32.7-39.9N • m Flare nut
(505-615kgf • cm) (630-770kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm) (333-407kgf • cm)
Wall
Be sure to
2-1. Caution on Piping Handling place a cap.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture. Rain
If no flare cap is
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe available, cover
the flare mouth
bender for bending. with tape to keep
dirt or water out.
2-2. Selection of Copper and Heat Insulation materials
• When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following: Inter-unit wiring
1) Insulation material: Polyethylene foam Gas pipe

Liquid pipe
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052kW/mK (0.035 to 0.045
kcal/mh˚C)
Choose heat insulation materials that will withstand this
temperature. insulation insulation
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide Finishing tape Drain hose
insulation dimensions as below.
50 class 60/71 class 50/60 class 71 class 50 class 60/71 class 50/60 class 71 class
O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 6.4mm O.D. 9.5mm I.D. 14-16mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 8-10mm I.D. 12-15mm
Bending radius Bending radius Bending radius Bending radius
Thickness 10mm Min.
40mm or larger 50mm or larger 30mm or larger 30mm or larger
Thickness 0.8m Thickness 1.0m Thickness 0.8m
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)


1. Trial Operation and Testing.
For Heat pump
2) After trial operation is complete, set the temperature to a normal level (26˚C to 28˚C in cooling mode, 20˚C
to 24˚C in heating mode).
For Cooling only
Use the remote control for trial operation as described below.
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and
2. Trial Operation from Remote Controller.

2) Simultaneously press centor of TEMP button and MODE button.
3. Test Items.
Symptom
Test Items Check

solid bases.

Water leakage


wire connections.

clear path of air. Shut-off valves are opened.
Indoor unit properly receives remote control

Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P098803-12M

12.2 Outdoor Units

12.2.1 Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.
• This manual classifies the precautions into WARNING and CAUTION.
Be sure to follow all the precautions below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING Failure to follow any of WARNING is likely to result in such grave consequences as death or serious injury.
CAUTION Failure to follow any of CAUTION may result in grave consequences in some cases.
• The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual:
Be sure to observe this instruction. Be sure to establish an earth connection. Never attempt.
• After completing installation, test the unit to check for installation errors. Give the user adequate instructions
concerning the use and cleaning of the unit according to the Operation Manual.
WARNING
• Installation should be left to the dealer or another professional. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner according to the instructions given in this manual. Incomplete installation may cause water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Be sure to use the supplied or specified installation parts. Use of other parts may cause the unit to come to lose, water leakage, electrical shock, or fire.
• Install the air conditioner on a solid base that can support the weight of the unit. An inadequate base or incomplete installation may cause injury in the event the unit falls off the base.
• Electrical work should be carried out in accordance with the installation manual and the national electrical wiring
rules or code of practice. Insufficient capacity or incomplete electrical work may cause electrical shock or fire.
• Be sure to use a dedicated power circuit. Never use a power supply shared by another appliance.
• For wiring, use a cable length enough to cover the entire distance with no connection. Do not use an extension cord. Do not
put other loads on the power supply, use a dedicated power circuit.(Failure to do so may cause abnormal heat, electric shock or fire.)
• Use the specified types of wires for electrical connections between the indoor and outdoor units.
Firmly clamp the interconnecting wires so their terminals receive no external stresses. Incomplete connections or clamping may cause terminal overheating or fire.
• After connecting interconnecting and supply wiring be sure to shape the cables so that they do not put undue force on the
electrical covers or panels. Install covers over the wires. Incomplete cover installation may cause terminal overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
• When installing or relocating the system, be sure to keep the refrigerant circuit free from substances other than the specified
refrigerant (R410A), such as air. (Any presence of air or other foreign substance in the refrigerant circuit causes an abnormal pressure rise or rupture, resulting in injury.)
• If any refrigerant has leaked out during the installation work, ventilate the room.
• After all installation is complete, check to make sure that no refrigerant is leaking out.
• During pump-down, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant piping. If the compressor is still running and the stop valve is open during
pump-down, air will be sucked in when the refrigerant piping is removed, causing abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
• During installation, attach the refrigerant piping securely before running the compressor.
If the compressor is not attached and the stop valve is open during pump-down, air will be sucked in when the compressor is run, causing
abnormal pressure in the freezer cycle which will lead to breakage and even injury.
• Be sure to establish an earth. Do not earth the unit to a utility pipe, arrester, or telephone earth.
Incomplete earth may cause electrical shock, or fire. A high surge current from lightning or other sources may cause damage to the air conditioner.
• Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks, or fire.
CAUTION
• Do not install the air conditioner in a place where there is danger of exposure to inflammable gas leakage.
If the gas leaks and builds up around the unit, it may catch fire.
• Establish drain piping according to the instructions of this manual. Inadequate piping may cause flooding.
• Tighten the flare nut according to the specified method such as with a torque wrench.
If the flare nut is tightened too hard, the flare nut may crack after a long time and cause refrigerant leakage.
• Make sure to provide for adequate measures in order to prevent that the outdoor unit be used as a shelter by small animals.
Small animals making contact with electrical parts can cause malfunctions, smoke or fire. Please instruct the customer to keep the area around the unit clean.

12.2.2 RK(X)S 25/35 E
Accessories
Accessories supplied with the outdoor unit:
(B) Drain plug (Heat pump-Models)
(A) Installation manual 1 1
There is on the bottom packing case.
Precautions for Selecting the Location

1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will
not be amplified.
2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a
nuisance to the neighbors of the user.
3) Avoid places near a bedroom and the like, so that the operation noise will cause no trouble.
4) There must be sufficient spaces for carrying the unit into and out of the site.
5) There must be sufficient space for air passage and no obstructions around the air inlet and the air outlet.
6) The site must be free from the possibility of flammable gas leakage in a nearby place.
7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is
to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter
away depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the
air conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away
from moisture.
NOTE
Cannot be installed hanging from ceiling or stacked.
CAUTION
When operating the air conditioner in a low outdoor ambient
temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described
below. Construct a large canopy.
1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its Construct a pedestal.
suction side facing the wall.
2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction
side may be exposed directly to wind. Install the unit high enough off
the ground to prevent burying in
3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a
snow.
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit.
4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the
snow will not affect the unit.
Precautions on Installation
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration
or noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare
four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their
length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
20

Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings

to top.
Max. allowable length 20m
Max. allowable height 15m
Additional refrigerant
required for refrigerant
20g/m
pipe exceeding
10m in length.
Gas pipe O.D. 9.5mm
Liquid pipe O.D. 6.4mm
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant.
Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.
** When connecting the FVXS indoor unit, the shortest piping
length should be no less than around 2.5m.
Stop valve cover

250mm from wa How to remove the stop valve cover.
ll
Remove the screw on the
stop valve cover.
Slide the lid downward
to remove it.
How to attach the stop valve cover.
Insert the upper part of the
stop valve cover into the
e
tres -hol
outdoor unit to install.

Foo 11
cen t bolt
3
Tighten the screws.
(Foot b 574
In sites with poor drainage, use olt-hole Allow space for piping
centre 105.5
block bases for outdoor unit. s) and electrical servicing.
(From
Adjust foot height until the unit unit’s s
is leveled. Otherwise, water ide)
leakage or pooling of water may Where there is a danger of the unit
occur. falling, use foot bolts, or wires.
Unit: mm
Installation Guidelines
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the
installation guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200mm or less.
Wall facing one side Walls facing two sides Walls facing three sides
More than 50 More than 100 More than 150

More than 150
More
than 100
1200 More than 300
or less More than 50
More than 50 More than 50 Top view
Side view Top view Unit: mm

Outdoor Unit Installation (1)

1. Installing outdoor unit.
1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor
Unit Installation Drawings”.
2) If drain work is necessary, follow the procedures below.
2. Drain work (Heat pump-models).
1) Use drain plug for drainage. Drain-water hole
2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place
additional foot bases of at least 30mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet. Bottom frame
3) In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. Drain plug
(Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.) Hose (available commercially,
inner dia. 16mm)

(Cut exactly at
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface
Flaring
facing downward so that the chips do Set exactly at the position shown below.
not enter the pipe. A Flare tool for R410A Conventional flare tool
Die A 0-0.5mm 1.0-1.5mm 1.5-2.0mm
4) Flare the pipe.
Flare’s inner The pipe end must
Make sure that the

WARNING
CAUTION
2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil
for R410A.)
Flare nut
Spanner
Do not apply refrigeration oil to the flare Piping union

Flare nut tightening torque Valve cap tightening torque

Gas side Liquid side Gas side Liquid side
32.7-39.9N • m 14.2-17.2N • m 21.6-27.4N • m 21.6-27.4N • m
Service port cap 10.8-14.7N • m

tightening torque (110-150kgf • cm)


5. Purging air and checking gas leakage.
• When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
WARNING
1) Do not mix any substance other than the specified refrigerant (R410A) into the refrigeration cycle.
2) When refrigerant gas leaks occur, ventilate the room as soon and as much as possible.
3) R410A, as well as other refrigerants, should always be recovered and never be released directly into the
environment.
4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants
may damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
Compound Pressure
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pressure gauge meter
pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional Gauge
manifold
refrigerant. Liquid
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod. Valve caps
stop
valve
High-
• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at Low-pressure
pressure
valve
the specified tightening torque. valve
Charging
hoses
Vacuum pump Service port

Gas stop valve
1) Connect projection side of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas stop valve’s service port.
2) Fully open gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and completely close its high-pressure valve (Hi).
(High-pressure valve subsequently requires no operation.)
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76cmHg)*1.
4) Close gauge manifold’s low-pressure valve (Lo) and stop vacuum pump.
(Keep this state for a few minutes to make sure that the compound pressure gauge pointer does not swing back.)*2.
5) Remove covers from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
6) Turn the liquid stop valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.
Close it after 5 seconds, and check for gas leakage.
Using soapy water, check for gas leakage from indoor unit’s flare and outdoor unit’s flare and valve rods.
After the check is complete, wipe all soapy water off.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas stop valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas stop valves.
(Do not attempt to turn valve rod beyond its stop.)
8) Tighten valve caps and service port caps for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.
*1. Pipe length vs. vacuum pump run time

Pipe length Up to 15 metres More than 15 metres
Run time Not less than 10 min. Not less than 15 min.
*2. If the compound pressure gauge pointer swings back, refrigerant may have water content or a loose pipe
joint may exists. Check all pipe joints and retighten nuts as needed, then repeat steps 2) through 4).


6. Refilling the refrigerant.
Filling a cylinder with an Filling other cylinders
Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine attached siphon
nameplate. Stand the cylinder upright when filling. Turn the cylinder
upside-down when
Precautions when adding R410A There is a siphon pipe inside, filling.
so the cylinder need not be
Fill from the liquid pipe in liquid form. upside-down to fill with liquid.
It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the
refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation.
1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not. (It should have something like “liquid
filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)
• Be sure to use the R410A tools to ensure pressure and to prevent foreign objects entering.
7. Refrigerant piping work.

7-1 Cautions on pipe handling. Be sure to
Wall
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture. place a cap.
Rain
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending. If no flare cap is
available, cover the
flare mouth with
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials. tape to keep dirt or
water out.
When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:
Inter-unit wiring
Gas pipe
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation Liquid pipe
dimensions as below.
thermal insulation thermal insulation
O.D. 9.5mm O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 12-15mm I.D. 8-10mm insulation insulation
Bening radius 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
Finishing tape Drain hose
kness 0.8mm (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation

1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve. Hexagonal
wrench
2) Carry out forced cooling operation. Liquid stop
valve
3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a hexagonal wrench. Close
4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop forced cooling operation.
Gas stop
valve
Valve cap
How to force cooling operation mode

Q Using the indoor unit operation/stop button
Press the indoor unit operation/stop button for at least five seconds. (Operation will start.)
• Forced cooling operation will stop automatically after around 15 minutes.
To force a test run to stop, press the indoor unit operation/stop button.
Q Using the main unit’s remote controller
1) Press the “operation/stop” button. (Operation will start.)
2) Press the temperature button and the “operation select” button at the same time.
3) Press the “operation select” button twice. ( will be displayed and the unit will enter test run mode.)
4) Press the “operation select” button to return the operation mode to cooling.
• Test run mode will stop automatically after around 30 minutes. To force a test run to stop, press the operation/stop button.
CAUTION
1) When pressing the switch, do not touch the terminal block. It has a high voltage, so doing so may cause electric shock.
2) After closing the liquid stop valve, close the gas stop valve within three minutes, then stop the forced operation.

Wiring
WARNING
overheating, electrical shock, or fire.
2) Do not use locally purchased electrical parts inside the product. (Do not branch the power for the drain
pump, etc., from the terminal block.) Doing so may cause electric shock or fire.
3) Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)
(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leakage breaker capable
handling harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage breaker itself.)
4) Use an all-pole disconnection type breaker with at least 3mm between the contact point gaps.
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed.

1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm). Firmly fix the wires with
2) Connect the connection wires between the Outdoor unit
indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal When wire length exceeds 10m,
1 23 LN
numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws use 2.0mm diameter wires.
Use 2.0mm diameter wires.
securely. We recommend a flathead
1
screwdriver be used to tighten the screws. Indoor 2
3
Safety Earth leakage
Power supply
unit breaker circuit breaker 50Hz 220V-240V
60Hz 220V-230V
Firmly fix the wires with H05VV
Safety breaker
the terminal screws. Earth RX(K)S
10A
RYN
RXG 15A
1 2 3 Power supply
1 2 3
terminal block
Shape wires so
that the service
lid and stop
valve cover fit
securely.
Firmly secure wire retainer so

Use the specified wire type and wire terminations will not receive
connect it securely. external stress.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power

supply terminal board.
Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring. Round crimp-style
Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power terminal
supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to Stranded Wire
unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction.
CAUTION
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.
Problems with the work may cause heat and fires.
Excessive strip length

Strip wire end may cause electrical
to this point. shock or leakage.
Good Wrong
Stripping wire at terminal block
3) Pull the wire and make sure that it does not disconnect. Then fix the wire in place with a wire stop.

Test Run and Final Check

1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in eitr cooling or heating mode.
Q For heat pump
3) For protection, the unit disables restart operation for 3 minutes after it is turned off.
Q For cooling only
2. Test items.
Symptom
Test items Check

solid bases.

Water leakage


wire connections.

clear path of air. Incomplete cooling/heating function
Stop valves are opened.

Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P208365-6A

12.2.3 RK(X)S 50/60 F
Accessories

not be amplified.
air conditioner.
from moisture.
NOTE
CAUTION
temperature, be sure to follow the instructions described below.
1) To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its
Construct a large canopy.
Construct a pedestal.
2) Never install the outdoor unit at a site where the suction side
may be exposed directly to wind.
3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a Install the unit high enough off the
baffle plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit. ground to prevent burying in snow.
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20mm from the foundation surface.
20


Wrap the insulation
pipe with the finishing
tape from bottom to top.
Model 50/60 class 71 class
Min. allowable length 1.5m
required for refrigerant 20g/m
pipe exceeding 10m
in length.
Gas pipe O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm
Liquid pipe O.D. 6.4mm
CAUTION
Set the piping length
from 1.5m to 30m.
Service lid
Stop valve cover
250m
m from
wall
In sites with poor drainage, m

use block bases for outdoor 0m ole
33 lt-h Allow space for piping
unit. bo
Adjust foot height until the o ot res) and electrical servicing.
580m
m (F ent
unit is leveled. Otherwise, (Foot c
bo lt-hole 120mm
water leakage or pooling of centre Where there is a danger of
s)
water may occur. (From the unit falling, use foot bolts,
unit’s
s ide) or wires.
Wall facing one side Walls facing two sides

More than 100 More than 350
More than 350
More
than 100
1200
or less
Top view
Side view
Walls facing three sides
More than
100
More
More than 50 than 350
Top view Unit: mm


1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor
Unit Installation Drawings”.
2. Drain work.
2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place
additional foot bases of at least 30mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet. Bottom frame
inner dia. 16mm)

(Cut exactly at
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface
Flaring
facing downward so that the chips do Set exactly at the position shown below.
not enter the pipe. A Flare tool for R410A Conventional flare tool
Die A 0-0.5mm 1.0-1.5mm 1.5-2.0mm
4) Flare the pipe.
Make sure that the

WARNING
CAUTION
2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil only to the inner surface of the flare. (Use refrigeration oil
for R410A.)
Flare nut
Spanner


1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
49.5-60.3N m 61.8-75.4N m 14.2-17.2N m 48.1-59.7N m 44.1-53.9N m 21.6-27.4N m
(505-615kgf cm) (630-770kgf cm) (144-175kgf cm) (490-610kgf cm) (450-550kgf cm) (220-280kgf cm)
10.8-14.7N m
Service port cap tightening torque
(110-150kgf cm)


When piping work is completed, it is necessary to purge the air and check for gas leakage.
WARNING
2) When refrigerant gas leaks occur, ventilate the room as soon and as much as possible.
3) R410A, as well as other refrigerants, should always be recovered and never be released directly into the environment.
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant Compound
pressure gauge
Pressure meter
pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional
Gauge
refrigerant. manifold
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod. High-pressure Liquid
valve Valve caps
• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at Low-pressure
stop
valve
the specified tightening torque. valve
Charging
hoses
Gas
stop
Vacuum pump Service port valve
5) Remove valve caps from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
8) Tighten valve caps and service port cap for the liquid and gas stop valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.



Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate.
Precautions when adding R410A Filling a cylinder with an Filling other cylinders
attached siphon
Fill from the liquid pipe in liquid form. Stand the cylinder upright Turn the cylinder
It is a mixed refrigerant, so adding it in gas form may cause the when filling. upside-down when filling.
refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation. There is a siphon pipe
inside, so the cylinder
1) Before filling, check whether the cylinder has a siphon attached or not. need not be upside-
(It should have something like "liquid filling siphon attached" displayed on it.) down to fill with liquid.
7. Refrigerant piping work.

7-1 Cautions on pipe handling. Be sure to
Wall
place a cap.
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.
Rain
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending. If no flare cap is
flare mouth with
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials. tape to keep dirt or
water out.
When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following:
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh°C)
Refrigerant gas pipe's surface temperature reaches 110°C max.
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation dimensions as below. Inter-unit wiring
Gas pipe thermal Gas pipe

Gas side Liquid pipe
insulation Liquid pipe
Liquid side thermal insulation
50/60 50/60
class 71 class class 71 class
O.D. O.D. I.D. I.D.

O.D. 6.4mm I.D. 8-10mm
12.7mm 15.9mm 14-16mm 16-20mm
Bending radius Bending radius Bending radius insulation insulation
40mm or larger 50mm or larger 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation

1) Remove the valve caps from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve.
Hexagonal wrench
2) Carry out forced cooling operation.
3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a
hexagonal wrench. Close
4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and
stop forced cooling operation.
Liquid stop valve
Forced cooling operation
1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Gas stop valve Valve cap
Service port
Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again to stop forced cooling.
S102
S2
LED-A
A B CD
ON
SW4
Forced
operation
switch
SW1

Wiring
WARNING
3) Be sure to install an earth leak detector. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)
(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leak detector capable handling
harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leak detector itself.)
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed. Firmly fix the wires with
Outdoor unit
1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm).
1 23 LN
2) Connect the connection wires between When wire length exceeds 10m,
use 2.0mm diameter wires.
the indoor and outdoor units so that the
terminal numbers match. Tighten the 1 Power supply
Indoor 2 Safety 50Hz 220V-240V : FVM
Earth leakage
terminal screws securely. We recommend unit 3 breaker
circuit breaker 60Hz 220V-230V F(A)VMA
20A
a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten H05VV
50Hz 220V-240V : FV1A
the screws. the terminal screws. Earth
Power supply terminal block
L N
1 2 3
Firmly secure wire retainer Shape wires so that the

Use the specified wire type so wire terminations will not service lid and stop
and connect it securely. receive external stress. valve cover fit securely.
Observe the notes mentioned below when wiring to the power supply terminal board.
Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring.
Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power Round
crimp-style
supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to terminal Electric
unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following instruction. Wire
Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the
covered part and secure in place.
Screw Screw
• Ground terminal installation
Round crimp- Flat washer
Use the following method when installing the round style terminal
crimp-style terminal. Round crimp-
Flat washer style terminal
Good Wrong
CAUTION
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal
board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.


For Heat pump
For Cooling only
parts, are working properly.
• If the circuit breaker trips to shut off the power to the air conditioner, the system will restore the
original operation mode when the circuit breaker is opened again.
2. Test Items.
Test Items Symptom Check

solid bases.

Water leakage


connections.


Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P192027-7C

12.2.4 RK(X)S 71 F, RXS 80 F
Accessories
(B) Drain socket assy
(HEAT PUMP ONLY)

not be amplified.
air conditioner.
from moisture.
NOTE
CAUTION
20

Model 71/80 class

Additional refrigerant Wrap the insulation
required for refrigerant pipe with the finishing
20g/m tape from bottom to top.
pipe exceeding 10m
in length.
Gas pipe O.D. 15.9mm
CAUTION
Liquid pipe O.D. 6.4mm Allow 30cm of work
space below the Set the piping length
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. ceiling surface. from 1.5m to 30m.
Allow space for piping

and electrical servicing.
25cm from wa
If there is the danger of the unit falling ll
or overturning, fix the unit with
foundation bolts, or with wire or other
means.
If the location does not have good

Right side plate
drainage, place the unit on a level
mounting base (or a plastic pedestal).
Install the outdoor unit in a level
position. Failure to do so may result in
cm ole
water leakage or accumulation.
35 -h
olt
o t b es)
o r
(Foot
bo
62cm (F ent
lt-hole c
centre
s)
Also insulate the connection on the outdoor unit.
Level mounting base Clamping material

(available separately)
Insulation tube
Tape Service lid
Use tape or insulating material on all connections

to prevent air from getting in between the copper
piping and the insulation tube.
Be sure to do this if the outdoor unit is installed
above.

More than 350
More More than 100
than 100
1200 More than 350
More than 50 Top view More than 50 Top view
Side view Unit: mm


1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit Installation Drawings”.
2. Drain work.
• Use drain plug for drainage.
• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.
• In cold areas, do not use a drain hose with the outdoor unit. (Otherwise, drain water may freeze, impairing heating performance.)
1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap. (A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap
2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain
hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III. After insertion, turn them about 40° clockwise.
(Be sure not to insert them into wrong drain

II holes, or there causes water leakage.)
I
III
(C) Drain receiver
(View from bottom)
3) Connect vinyl hose on the market (internal diameter of 25mm) to drain socket (A).
(If the hose is too long and hangs down, fix it carefully to prevent the kinks.)
NOTE
If the drain holes of the outdoor unit are covered with the mounting bracket or the floor, raise the unit to
provide the space of more than 100mm under the leg of the outdoor unit.
Flaring
3. Flaring the pipe end. Set exactly at the position shown below.
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing Die A 0-0.5mm 1.0-1.5mm 1.5-2.0mm
downward so that the chips do not enter the pipe.
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe. Check
4) Flare the pipe. surface must
be flaw-free.
be evenly flared in
a perfect circle.
5) Check that the flaring is properly made. (Cut exactly at
right angles.) Remove burrs Make sure that the
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not apply refrigeration Apply refrigeration Torque wrench Flare nut tightening torque Valve cap tightening torque
surface of the flare. Gas side Liquid side Gas side Liquid side
Flare nut
Spanner
61.8-75.4N • m 14.2-17.2N • m 48.1-59.7N • m 21.6-27.4N • m
Piping
Do not apply refrigeration union Service port cap tightening torque 10.8-14.7N • m (110-150kgf • cm)
oil to the flare nut avoid Flare nut


WARNING
2) To prevent air pollution, a vacuum pump should be used for air purging wherever possible.
3) Refrigerant gas leaks during air purging, ventilate the room as soon as possible.
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant pipes and indoor unit using a
vacuum pump, then charge additional refrigerant.
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4mm) to operate the stop valve rod.
• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at the specified tightening torque.



Check the type of refrigerant to be used on the machine nameplate. Filling a cylinder with an Filling other cylinders
Precautions when adding R410A attached siphon
when filling. upside-down when filling.
There is a siphon pipe
refrigerant composition to change, preventing normal operation. inside, so the cylinder
down to fill with liquid.
(It should have something like “liquid filling siphon attached” displayed on it.)
Wall
7. Refrigerant piping work. Be sure to
place a cap.
Rain
7-1 Cautions on pipe handling. If no flare cap is
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture. flare mouth with
tape to keep dirt or
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender for bending. water out.
7-2 Selection of copper and heat insulation materials. Inter-unit wiring

Gas pipe
When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following: Liquid pipe

Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045kcal/mh˚C)
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation
dimensions as below. Finishing tape Drain hose
Bending radius Bending radius
50mm or larger 30mm or larger Thickness 10mm Min.
Thickness 1.0mm Thickness 0.8mm
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation

1) Remove the valve cap from liquid stop valve and gas stop valve. Service port

3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid stop valve with a Hexagonal
wrench
hexagonal wrench.
4) After two to three minutes, close the gas stop valve and stop
forced cooling operation.
Close
Gas stop valve
Liquid stop valve
Forced cooling operation valve cap
1) Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) to begin forced cooling. Press the Forced Operation switch (SW1) again
to stop forced cooling.
S102
S2
LED-A
A B CD
ON
SW4
Forced
operation
switch
SW1

Wiring
WARNING
3) Be sure to install an earth leakage bleaker. (One that can handle higher harmonics.)
(This unit uses an inverter, which means that it must be used an earth leakage bleaker capable handling
harmonics in order to prevent malfunctioning of the earth leakage bleaker itself.)
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all Firmly fix the wires with
work is completed. Outdoor unit
1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20mm). When wire length exceeds 10m,
1 23 LN
2) Connect the connection wires between use 2.0mm diameter wires.

1
terminal numbers match. Tighten the Indoor 2
3
Safety
breaker Earth leakage
Power supply
50Hz 220-240V
unit circuit breaker : FVMA
terminal screws securely. We recommend 20A 60Hz 220-230V
50Hz 220-240V : FV1A
a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten Firmly fix the wires with 60245 IEC57
the screws.
L N
1 2 3

Round crimp-style
Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring. terminal
Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power supply terminal board.
In case it cannot be used due to unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the
following instruction.
Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place. Stranded wire
Screw Screw
Use the following method when installing Round crimp- Flat washer
style terminal
the round crimp-style terminal. Round crimp-
Good Wrong
CAUTION
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single
core wire, be sure to perform curling.


1-2 Trial operation should be carried out in cooling or heating mode.
For Heat pump
For Cooling only
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions
and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.
2. Test Items.
Test items Symptom Check

solid bases.

Water leakage


wire connections.


Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P229455-2A

12.2.5 RXS 80/90 H
Accessories
(HEAT PUMP ONLY)

not be amplified.
7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets.
This is to prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3
meter away depending on radio wave conditions.)
air conditioner.
from moisture.
NOTE
CAUTION
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts.
(Prepare four sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
20

Model 60 class 71 class 80/90 class

Min. allowable length 1.5m 2m
20g/m 50g/m tape from bottom to top.
pipe exceeding 10m
in length.
Gas pipe O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm
Allow 30cm of work
CAUTION
Liquid pipe O.D. 6.4mm O.D. 9.5mm
space below the Set the piping length
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. ceiling surface. from 1.5m or 2m to 30m.
Allow space for piping

and electrical servicing.
25cm from wa
If there is the danger of the unit falling ll
means.

Right side plate
cm ole
water leakage or accumulation.
35 -h
olt
o t b es)
o r
(Foot
bo
62cm (F ent
lt-hole c
centre
s)

Insulation tube
Tape Service lid

above.

More than 350
More More than 100
than 100
1200 More than 350
Side view Unit: mm


2. Drain work.
• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least
100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.
1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond (A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap
4 projections around drain socket and drain cap.
2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain
socket (A) into drain hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III.
After insertion, turn them about 40° clockwise.

II (C) Drain receiver
I holes, or there causes water leakage.)
III
(View from bottom)
NOTE
Flaring
be flaw-free.
be evenly flared in
a perfect circle.
WARNING
1) Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 Flare nut tightening torque
turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with the torque wrenches.
60 class 71/80/90 class 60/71 class 80/90 class
• Use torque wrenches when tightening the flare nuts to prevent 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch 3/8 inch
damage to the flare nuts and escaping gas. 49.5-60.3N • m 61.8-75.4N • m 14.2-17.2N • m 32.7-39.9N • m
2) To prevent gas leakage, apply refrigeration oil on both inner and (505-615kgf • cm) (630-770kgf • cm) (144-175kgf • cm) (333-407kgf • cm)
outer surfaces of the flare. Torque wrench
Valve cap tightening torque

Coat here with refrigeration oil 48.1-59.7N • m 21.6-27.4N • m
Spanner
(490-610kgf • cm) (220-280kgf • cm)
Piping union Service port cap 10.8-14.7N • m

Flare nut tightening torque (110-150kgf • cm)


WARNING



Wall
place a cap.
7-1 Cautions on pipe handling. Rain

If no flare cap is

Gas pipe
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation insulation insulation
60 class 71/80/90 class 60/71 class 80/90 class 60 class 71/80/90 class 60/71 class 80/90 class
O.D. 12.7mm O.D. 15.9mm O.D. 6.4mm O.D. 9.5mm I.D. 14-16mm I.D. 16-20mm I.D. 8-10mm I.D. 12-15mm
Bending radius Bending radius Bending radius Thickness 10mm Min.
40mm or larger 50mm or larger 30mm or larger
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation


wrench
hexagonal wrench.
Close
Gas stop valve
Liquid stop valve
S102
S2
LED-A
A B CD
ON
SW4
Forced
operation
switch
SW1

Wiring
WARNING
1 23 LN

1
3
Safety
breaker Earth leakage
Power supply
50Hz 220-240V
unit circuit breaker
terminal screws securely. We recommend 20A 60Hz 220-230V
a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten Firmly fix the wires with 60245 IEC57
the screws.
L N
1 2 3

Round crimp-style
Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place. Electric Wire
Screw Screw
style terminal
Good Wrong
CAUTION


For Heat pump
For Cooling only
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions
and parts, such as louver movement, are working properly.
2. Test Items.

solid bases.

Water leakage


wire connections.


Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P229455-1

12.2.6 RXS 100 H
Accessories

not be amplified.
air conditioner.
from moisture.
NOTE
CAUTION
four sets of M12 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
20

Model 100 class

50g/m tape from bottom to top.
pipe exceeding 10m
in length.
Allow 30cm of work
Gas pipe O.D. 15.9mm
space below the CAUTION
Liquid pipe O.D. 9.5mm ceiling surface.
Set the piping length
* Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. from 2.0m to 30m.
25cm from wa Allow space for piping

ll and electrical servicing.
If there is the danger of the unit falling
means.
Right side plate
cm ole
water leakage or accumulation. .5 -h
34 olt
t b s)
(Foot 62cm Foo tre
bo ( en
lt-hole c
centre
s)

Insulation tube
Tape Service lid

above.

More than 350
More More than 100
than 100
1200 More than 350
Side view Unit: mm


2. Drain work.
• If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional foot bases of at least 100mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet.
1) Insert drain receiver (C) onto drain socket (A) and drain cap (B) beyond 4 projections around drain socket and drain cap. (A) Drain socket (B) Drain cap
2) Insert drain socket and drain caps into their matching drain hole ; Drain socket (A) into drain
hole I and drain caps (B) into drain hole II and III. After insertion, turn them about 40˚ clockwise.

II holes, or there causes water leakage.)
I
III
(C) Drain receiver
(View from bottom)
NOTE
Flaring
be flaw-free.
be evenly flared in
a perfect circle.
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not apply refrigeration Apply refrigeration Torque wrench Flare nut tightening torque Valve cap tightening torque
surface of the flare. Gas side Liquid side Gas side Liquid side
Flare nut
Spanner
61.8-75.4N • m 32.7-39.9N • m 48.1-59.7N • m 21.6-27.4N • m
Piping
Do not apply refrigeration union Service port cap tightening torque 10.8-14.7N • m (110-150kgf • cm)
oil to the flare nut avoid Flare nut


WARNING



Wall
place a cap.
7-1 Cautions on pipe handling. Rain

If no flare cap is

Gas pipe

2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation
Bending radius Bending radius Thickness 10mm Min.
50mm or larger 30mm or larger
Thickness 1.0mm Thickness 0.8mm
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation


wrench
hexagonal wrench.
Close
Gas stop valve
Liquid stop valve
S102
S2
LED-A
A B CD
ON
SW4
Forced
operation
switch
SW1

Wiring
WARNING
1 23 LN

1
3
Safety
breaker Earth leakage Power supply
unit circuit breaker 50Hz 220-240V
terminal screws securely. We recommend 20A
60Hz 220-230V
60245 IEC57
a flathead screwdriver be used to tighten Firmly fix the wires with
the screws.
L N
1 2 3

Round crimp-style
Place the round crimp-style terminals on the wires up to the covered part and secure in place. Electric Wire
Screw Screw
style terminal
Good Wrong
CAUTION


2. Test Items.

solid bases.

Water leakage


wire connections.


Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P229966-1

12.2.7 RXS 50 B
Accessories
(A) Installation manuals 1 1

1) Choose a place solid enough to bear the weight and vibration of the unit, where the operation noise will not be
amplified.
2) Choose a location where the hot air discharged from the unit or the operation noise will not cause a nuisance to
the neighbors of the user.
7) Install units, power cords and inter-unit cables at least 3 meter away from television and radio sets. This is to
prevent interference to images and sounds. (Noises may be heard even if they are more than 3 meter away
depending on radio wave conditions.)
8) In coastal areas or other places with salty atmosphere of sulfate gas, corrosion may shorten the life of the air
conditioner.
9) Since drain flows out of the outdoor unit, do not place under the unit anything which must be kept away from
moisture.
NOTE
Caution
3) To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a baffle Install the unit high enough off the
plate on the air discharge side of the outdoor unit. ground to prevent burying in snow.
4) In heavy snowfall areas, select an installation site where the snow
will not affect the unit.
• Check the strength and level of the installation ground so that the unit will not cause any operating vibration or
noise after installed.
• In accordance with the foundation drawing, fix the unit securely by means of the foundation bolts. (Prepare four
sets of M8 or M10 foundation bolts, nuts and washers each which are available on the market.)
• It is best to screw in the foundation bolts until their length are 20 mm from the foundation surface.
• When installing the unit on the frame, fix water proof plate within 150 mm from the bottom of the unit to prevent
water from entering.
20


Wrap the insulation
pipe with the finishing
tape from bottom to top.
Model 50 class 60 class 71 class
Max. allowable length 30 m
Min. allowable length 1.5 m
Max. allowable height 20 m
required for refrigerant 20g/m
pipe exceeding 10 m
in length.
Gas pipe O.D. 12.7 mm O.D. 15.9 mm
Liquid pipe O.D. 6.4 mm
CAUTION
Set the piping length to
1.5m or longer.
Service lid
250 m
m from
wall
In sites with poor drainage, m

use block bases for outdoor 0m o le
33 lt-h Allow space for piping
unit. bo
Adjust foot height until the o ot res) and electrical servicing.
5 8 0m
m (F ent
unit is leveled. Otherwise, (Foot c
bolt-ho 120mm
water leakage or pooling of le cen Where there is a danger of
tres)
water may occur. (From the unit falling, use foot bolts,
unit’s
side) or wires.
• Where a wall or other obstacle is in the path of outdoor unit’s intake or exhaust airflow, follow the installation
guidelines below.
• For any of the below installation patterns, the wall height on the exhaust side should be 1200 mm or less.
Wall facing one side Walls facing two sides

More than 350
More
than 100
1200
or less
Top view
Side view
Walls facing three sides
More than
100
More
More than 50 than 350
Top view Unit: mm

Outdoor Unit Installation

1. Installing Outdoor Unit
1) When installing the outdoor unit, refer to “Precautions for Selecting the Location” and the “Outdoor Unit
Installation Drawings.”
2. Drain Work
2) If the drain port is covered by a mounting base or floor surface, place additional
foot bases of at least 30 mm in height under the outdoor unit’s feet. Bottom frame
inner dia. 16mm)
3. Flaring the Pipe End
2) Remove burrs with the cut surface facing downward
so that the chips do not enter the pipe. (Cut exactly at
3) Put the flare nut on the pipe.
4) Flare the pipe. Set exactly at the position shown below.
Flaring
5) Check that the flaring is properly made. A Flare tool for R-410A Conventional flare tool
Die A 0 ~ 0.5 mm 1.0 ~ 1.5 mm 1.5 ~ 2.0 mm
Check
Make sure that the

Warning
4. Refrigerant Piping
Caution
Align the centres of both flares and tighten the flare nuts 3 or 4 turns by hand. Then tighten them fully with
the torque wrenches.
Flare nut
Spanner


1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 1/4 inch
49.5~60.3N • m 61.8~75.4N • m 14.2~17.2N • m 48.1~59.7N • m 44.1~53.9N • m 21.6~27.4N • m
(505~615kgf • cm) (630~770kgf • cm) (144~175kgf • cm) (490~610kgf • cm) (450~550kgf • cm) (220~280kgf • cm)
Service port cap tightening torque 10.8~14.7N • m (110~150kgf • cm)


5. Purging Air and Checking Gas Leakage
Warning
4) Use a vacuum pump for R410A exclusively. Using the same vacuum pump for different refrigerants may
damage the vacuum pump or the unit.
• If using additional refrigerant, perform air purging from the refrigerant

pipes and indoor unit using a vacuum pump, then charge additional Compound Pressure meter
pressure gauge
refrigerant.
Gauge
• Use a hexagonal wrench (4 mm) to operate the shut-off valve rod. manifold
• All refrigerant pipe joints should be tightened with a torque wrench at High-pressure Liquid
the specified tightening torque. valve Valve lids shut-off
Low-pressure valve
valve
Charging
hoses
Gas
shut-off
Vacuum pump Service port valve
1) Connect projection side (on which worm pin is pressed) of charging hose (which comes from gauge manifold) to gas
shut-off valve’s service port.
3) Do vacuum pumping and make sure that the compound pressure gauge reads – 0.1MPa (– 76 cmHg)*1.
5) Remove valve lids from liquid shut-off value and gas shut-off valve.
6) Turn the liquid shut-off valve’s rod 90 degrees counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench to open valve.
7) Disconnect charging hose from gas shut-off valve’s service port, then fully open liquid and gas shut-off valves.
8) Tighten valve lids and service port cap for the liquid and gas shut-off valves with a torque wrench at the specified torques.



6. Refrigerant Piping Work
6-1 Cautions on Pipe Handling
1) Protect the open end of the pipe against dust and moisture.
Wall
2) All pipe bends should be as gentle as possible. Use a pipe bender Be sure to
place a cap.
for bending.
Rain
If no flare cap is
available, cover
6-2 Selection of Copper and Heat Insulation materials the flare mouth
with tape to keep
When using commercial copper pipes and fittings, observe the following: dirt or water out.
Heat transfer rate: 0.041 to 0.052W/mK (0.035 to 0.045 kcal/mh˚C)
2) Be sure to insulate both the gas and liquid piping and to provide insulation Inter-unit wiring
dimensions as below. Gas pipe

Liquid pipe
Gas pipe thermal Liquid pipe thermal

50/60 50/60/71 50/60 50/60/71
71 class 71 class Gas pipe Liquid pipe
class class class class insulation insulation

O.D. O.D. O.D. I.D. I.D. I.D.
12.7mm 15.9mm 6.4mm 14-16mm 16-20mm 8-10mm
Bending radius Bending radius Bending radius Thickness 10mm Min.
40mm or larger 50mm or larger 30mm or larger
(C1220T-0) (C1220T-0) (C1220T-0)
Pump Down Operation

1) Remove the valve lids from liquid shut-off valve and gas shut-off valve.
Hexagonal wrench
3) After five to ten minutes, close the liquid shut-off valve with a
hexagonal wrench. Close
4) After two to three minutes, close the gas shut-off valve and
stop forced cooling operation.
Liquid shut-off valve
Gas shut-off valve Valve lid

Service port
Forced cooling operation
Forced operation switch
S52 SW1 LED-A

S2
ON
SW4
1A
1 2 3
A B C

Wiring
Warning
• Do not turn ON the safety breaker until all work is completed. Firmly fix the wires with
1) Strip the insulation from the wire (20 mm). Outdoor unit
2) Connect the connection wires between the When wire length exceeds
1 23 LN
10 m, use 2.0-mm wires.

indoor and outdoor units so that the terminal
numbers match. Tighten the terminal screws 1 Power
Indoor 2 Safety
securely. We recommend a flathead screwdriver unit 3 breaker Earth leakage
circuit breaker
supply
20A 50Hz 220-240V
be used to tighten the screws. H05VV
60Hz 220-230V
1 2 3 Power supply
terminal block
Shape wires so
that the service
lid and shut-off
valve cover fit
securely.
Use the specified wire type and Firmly secure wire retainer so wire
connect it securely. terminations will not receive external stress.
Precautions to be taken for power supply wiring. Round crimp-style
(Use a round crimp-style terminal for connection to the power terminal
supply terminal board. In case it cannot be used due to Electric Wire
unavoidable reasons, be sure to observe the following
instruction.)
Caution
When connecting the connection wires to the terminal board using a single core wire, be sure to perform curling.
Excessive strip length

Strip wire end may cause electrical
to this point. shock or leakage.
Good Wrong


For Heat pump
For Cooling only
1-3 Carry out the test operation in accordance with the Operation Manual to ensure that all functions and
parts, are working properly.
2. Test Items.
Test Items Symptom Check

solid bases.

Water leakage


wire connections.

Shut-off valves are opened.
Indoor unit properly receives remote control

Inoperative
commands.
C: 3P098803-12M

Operation Manual ED04-910
13. Operation Manual

13.1 Safety Precautions
READ BEFORE OPERATION
Safety precautions
• Keep this manual where the operator can easily find them.
• Read this manual attentively before starting up the unit.
• For safety reason the operator must read the following cautions carefully.
• This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION. Be sure to follow all precautions
below: they are all important for ensuring safety.
WARNING CAUTION
If you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may If you do not follow these instructions exactly, the unit may
cause property damage, personal injury or loss of life. cause minor or moderate property damage or personal injury.
Never do. Be sure to follow the instructions.

Never cause the air conditioner (including the remote
Be sure to earth the air conditioner. controller) to get wet.
Never touch the air conditioner (including the remote
controller) with a wet hand.
WARNING
• In order to avoid fire, explosion or injury, do not operate the unit when harmful, among which flammable or
corrosive gases, are detected near the unit.
• It is not good for health to expose your body to the air flow for a long time.
• Do not put a finger, a rod or other objects into the air outlet or inlet. As the fan is rotating at a high speed, it will
cause injury.
• Do not attempt to repair, relocate, modify or reinstall the air conditioner by yourself. Incorrect work will cause electric
shocks, fire etc.
For repairs and reinstallation, consult your Daikin dealer for advice and information.
• The refrigerant used in the air conditioner is safe. Although leaks should not occur, if for
some reason any refrigerant happens to leak into the room, make sure it does not come in
contact with any flame as of gas heaters, kerosene heaters or gas range.
• If the air conditioner is not cooling (heating) properly, the refrigerant may be leaking, so call your dealer.
When carrying out repairs accompanying adding refrigerant, check the content of the repairs with our service staff.
• Do not attempt to install the air conditioner by your self. Incorrect work will result in water leakage, electric shocks or
fire. For installation, consult the dealer or a qualified technician.
• In order to avoid electric shock, fire or injury, if you detect any abnormally such as smell of fire, stop the operation and
turn off the breaker. And call your dealer for instructions.
• Depending on the environment, an earth leakage breaker must be installed. Lack of an earth leakage breaker may
result in electric shocks or fire.
CAUTION
• The air conditioner must be earthed. Incomplete earthing may result in electric shocks. Do not connect the
earth line to a gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod, or a telephone earth line.
• In order to avoid any quality deterioration, do not use the unit for cooling precision instruments, food, plants,
animals or works of art.
• Never expose little children, plants or animals directly to the air flow.
• Do not place appliances which produce open fire in places exposed to the air flow from the unit or under the
indoor unit. It may cause incomplete combustion or deformation of the unit due to the heat.

ED04-910 Operation Manual
• Do not block air inlets nor outlets. Impaired air flow may result in insufficient performance or trouble.
• Do not stand or sit on the outdoor unit. Do not place any object on the unit to avoid injury, do not remove the fan guard.
• Do not place anything under the indoor or outdoor unit that must be kept away from moisture. In certain conditions,
moisture in the air may condense and drip.
• After a long use, check the unit stand and fittings for damage.
• Do not touch the air inlet and aluminum fins of outdoor unit. It may cause injury.
• The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision.
• Young children shuld be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
• To avoid oxygen deficiency, ventilate the room sufficiently if equipment with burner is used together with the
air conditioner.
• Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation, turn the breaker off or pull out the supply cord.
• Do not connect the air conditioner to a power supply different from the one as specified. It may cause trou-
ble or fire.
• Arrange the drain hose to ensure smooth drainage. Incomplete draining may cause wetting of the building, furniture
etc.
• Do not place objects in direct proximity of the outdoor unit and do not let leaves and other debris accumulate around
the unit.
Leaves are a hotbed for small animals which can enter the unit. Once in the unit, such animals can cause malfunc-
tions, smoke or fire when making contact with electrical parts.
• Do not operate the air conditioner with wet hands.
• Do not wash the indoor unit with excessive water, only use a slightly wet cloth.
• Do not place things such as vessels containing water or anything else on top of the unit. Water may pene-
trate into the unit and degrade electrical insulations, resulting in an electric shock.
Installation site.
To install the air conditioner in the following types of environments, consult the dealer.
• Places with an oily ambient or where steam or soot occurs.
• Salty environment such as coastal areas.
• Places where sulfide gas occurs such as hot springs.
• Places where snow may block the outdoor unit.
The drain from the outdoor unit must be discharged to a place of good drainage.
Consider nuisance to your neighbours from noises.

For installation, choose a place as described below.
• A place solid enough to bear the weight of the unit which does not amplify the operation noise or vibration.
• A place from where the air discharged from the outdoor unit or the operation noise will not annoy
your neighbours.
Electrical work.
• For power supply, be sure to use a separate power circuit dedicated to the air conditioner.
System relocation.
• Relocating the air conditioner requires specialized knowledge and skills. Please consult the dealer if reloca-
tion is necessary for moving or remodeling

13.2 FTK(X)S 25/35 G
Names of parts
Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter 12. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch: (page 10.)
2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic • Push this switch once to start operation.
Air-Purifying Filter: Push once again to stop it.
• These filters are attached to the inside of the air • The operation mode refers to the following
filters. table.
3. Air inlet Temperature Air flow
Mode
setting rate
4. Front panel
FTK COOL 22°C AUTO
5. Panel tab
FTX AUTO 25°C AUTO
6. Room temperature sensor:
• It senses the air temperature around the unit. • This switch is useful when the remote controller
is missing.
7. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor:
13. Operation lamp (green)
• It detects the movements of people and auto-
matically switches between normal operation 14. TIMER lamp (Yellow): (page 20.)
and energy saving operation. (page 18.) 15. INTELLIGENT EYE lamp (green): (page 18.)
8. Display 16. Signal receiver:
9. Air outlet • It receives signals from the remote controller.
• When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
10. Flaps (horizontal blades): (page 12.)
short beep.
11. Louvres (vertical blades): • Operation start .............beep-beep
• The louvres are inside of the air outlet. • Settings changed..........beep
(page 13.) • Operation stop ..............beeeeep
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side) 21. Earth terminal:
18. Air outlet • It is inside of this cover.
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable 22. Outside air temperature sensor:
20. Drain hose • It senses the ambient temperature around the
unit.
Appearance of the outdoor unit may differ from some models.

Remote Controller
1
ECONO
5
3 ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
6
4
9
7 MODE FAN SWING 10
QUIET MOLD PROOF SENSOR
8 12
13 ON CANCEL 11
OFF 16
TIMER
18
15 17
14
<ARC433B46, B47>
1. Signal transmitter: 8. QUIET button: OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET
• It sends signals to the indoor unit. operation (page 15.)
2. Display: 9. FAN setting button:
• It displays the current settings. • It selects the air flow rate setting.
(In this illustration, each section is shown with all 10. SWING button: (page 12.)
its displays ON for the purpose of explanation.) 11. MOLD PROOF button:
3. ECONO button: • MOLD PROOF operation (page 17.)
ECONO operation (page 16.) 12. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE oper-
4. POWERFUL button: ation (page 18.)
POWERFUL operation (page 14.) 13. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)
5. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons: 14. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)
• It changes the temperature setting. 15. TIMER Setting button:
6. ON/OFF button: • It changes the time setting.
• Press this button once to start operation. 16. TIMER CANCEL button:
Press once again to stop it. • It cancels the timer setting.
7. MODE selector button: 17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)
• It selects the operation mode. 18. RESET button:
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.) • Restart the unit if it freezes.
• Use a thin object to push.

Preparation Before Operation

To set the batteries
1. Slide the front cover to take it off.
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA).
3. Set the front cover as before.
ATTENTION
About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries
together.
• When the system is not used for a long time, take the batteries out.
• We recommend replacing once a year, although if the remote controller display begins to fade or if
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Do not use manganese batteries.
• The attached batteries are provided for the initial use of the system.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air
conditioner.


To operate the remote
controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter
at the indoor unit. If there is anything to block
signals between the unit and the remote control-
ler, such as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
• Do not drop the remote controller. Do not get it wet.
• The maximum distance for communication is
about 7m.
To fix the remote controller

holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the sig-
nals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc.
with the screws supplied with the
holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the
remote controller holder.
ATTENTION
About remote controller
• Never expose the remote controller to direct sunlight.
• Dust on the signal transmitter or receiver will reduce the sensitivity. Wipe off dust with soft cloth.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such as
inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.
• If the remote control signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to some-
where else, or consult the shop.

To set the clock

1. Press “CLOCK button”.
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button”

to set the clock to the present
time. ECONO
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button rap- ON/OFF

idly increases or decreases the time dis-
POWERFUL TEMP
play.
3. Press “CLOCK button”. MODE FAN SWING

blinks. QUIET MOLD PROOF SENSOR
2
ON CANCEL
Turn the breaker ON 1, 3
OFF
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then TIMER
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.)
NOTE
Tips for saving energy
• Be careful not to cool (heat) the room too much.
Keeping the temperature setting at a moderate level helps save energy. Recommended temperature setting
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain.
For cooling:26°C – 28°C
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect. For heating:20°C – 24°C
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy. Clean them
once in about every two weeks.
Please note
• The air conditioner always consumes 15-35 watts of electricity even while it is not operating.
• If you are not going to use the air conditioner for a long period, for example in spring or autumn, turn the breaker OFF.
• Use the air conditioner in the following conditions.
Mode Operating conditions If operation is continued out of this range

COOL Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32˚C (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the outdoor unit only.)
Indoor humidity: 80% max. • Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
HEAT Outdoor temperature:–10 to 20˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
Indoor temperature: 10 to 30˚C
DRY Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32˚C • Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
Indoor humidity: 80% max.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system .

AUTO · DRY · COOL · HEAT · FAN Operation

The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your
choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the
same operation mode.
To start operation
1. Press “MODE selector button”
and select a operation mode.
• Each pressing of the button advances the
mode setting in sequence. 4
ECONO
: AUTO ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
: DRY 2, 3
: COOL
1
: HEAT MODE FAN SWING

: FAN
5
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
2. Press “ON/OFF button” .

• The OPERATION lamp lights up.
To stop operation
3. Press “ON/OFF button” again.
• Then OPERATION lamp goes off.
To change the temperature setting

4. Press “TEMPERATURE adjustment button”.
DRY or FAN mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT mode
Press “ ” to raise the temperature and press

“ ” to lower the temperature.
The temperature setting is not variable. Set to the temperature you like.
10

To change the air flow rate setting

5. Press “FAN setting button”.
DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”

plus “ ”“ ” are available.
The air flow rate setting is not variable.
• Indoor unit quiet operation

When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
Use this when making the noise quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the air flow rate is set to a weak level.
NOTE
Note on HEAT operation
• Since this air conditioner heats the room by taking heat from outdoor air to indoors, the heating
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is rec-
ommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room. After the
start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In that case,
the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• During defrosting operation, hot air does not flow out of indoor unit.
Note on COOL operation
• This air conditioner cools the room by blowing the hot air in the room outside, so if the
outside temperature is high, performance drops.
Note on DRY operation
• The computer chip works to rid the room of humidity while maintaining the temperature as
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and fan strength, so manual
adjustment of these functions is unavailable.
Note on AUTO operation
• In AUTO operation, the system selects an appropriate operation mode (COOL or HEAT) based on
the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to user-
setting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, you can manually select the operation mode and setting
you like.
Note on air flow rate setting
• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
11

Adjusting the Air Flow Direction

You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your com-
fort.
To adjust the horizontal

blades (flaps)
1. Press “SWING button”.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD and the
flaps will begin to swing.
ECONO
2. When the flaps have reached the

ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
desired position, press “SWING
button” once more.
• The flaps will stop moving.
MODE FAN SWING 1, 2
• “ ” disappears from the LCD. QUIET MOLD PROOF SENSOR
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
12

To adjust the vertical blades

(louvres)
Hold the knob and move the louvres.
(You will find a knob on the left-side and the right-side blades.)
• When the unit is installed in the corner of a room,
the direction of the louvers should be facing away
from the wall.
If they face the wall, the wall will block off the wind,
causing the cooling (or heating) efficiency to drop.
Notes on flaps and louvres angles

• When “ SWING button ” is selected, the flaps
swinging range depends on the operation mode.
(See the figure.)
• If the unit is operated after being stopped with
the flaps pointed down in cooling or dry opera-
tion, the flaps will automatically move to a hor-
izontal position after about one hour to prevent
condensation from forming on them.
ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps
angle. If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand
when it is swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvres. Inside the
air outlet, a fan is rotating at a high speed.
13

POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the cooling
(heating) effect in any operation mode. You can get the
maximum capacity .
To start POWERFUL
operation
1. Press “POWERFUL button”.
• POWERFUL operation ends in 20 minutes.
Then the system automatically operates
again with the settings which were used ECONO
before POWERFUL operation. ON/OFF

• When using POWERFUL operation,
POWERFUL TEMP
there are some functions which are not
1, 2
available.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD. MODE FAN SWING
To cancel POWERFUL
operation ON CANCEL
OFF
2. Press “POWERFUL button” TIMER
again.
• “ ” disappears from the LCD.
NOTE
Notes on POWERFUL operation
• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO or QUIET Operation.
Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• POWERFUL Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation
stop button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• In COOL and HEAT mode
To maximize the cooling (heating) effect, the capacity of outdoor unit must be increased
and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the air flow rate is slightly increased .
• In FAN mode
The air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
14

OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET Operation

OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the noise
level of the outdoor unit by changing the frequency and
fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is conve-
nient during night.
To start OUTDOOR UNIT

QUIET operation
1. Press “QUIET button”.
• “ ” is displayed on the LCD.
ECONO
ON/OFF
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT POWERFUL TEMP
QUIET operation
1, 2
2. Press “QUIET button” again. MODE FAN SWING
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
Note on OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation
• If using a multi system, this function will work only when the OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET
operation is set on all operated indoor units.
• This function is available in COOL, HEAT, and AUTO modes.
(This is not available in FAN and DRY mode.)
• POWERFUL operation and OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation cannot be used at the
same time.
15

ECONO Operation
ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by lowering the maximum power con-
sumption value.
To start ECONO operation

1. Press “ECONO button” .
•“ ” is displayed on the LCD.
To cancel ECONO opera-

tion
2. Press “ECONO button” again. 1, 2
ECONO
•“ ” disappears from the LCD. ON/OFF
POWERFUL TEMP
MODE FAN SWING

ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
• ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the operation stop
button causes the settings to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power
consumption of the outdoor unit (operating frequency).
• ECONO operation functions in AUTO, COOL, DRY, and HEAT modes.
• POWERFUL operation and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time.
• Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used, when the level of
power consumption is already low.
16

MOLD PROOF Operation

MOLD PROOF operation is a function which reduces the spread of mold by using Fan mode to lower
the humidity inside the indoor unit.
To set MOLD PROOF

operation
1. Press and hold the MOLD PROOF
button for two seconds.
To cancel MOLD PROOF

operation ECONO
ON/OFF
2. Press and hold the MOLD PROOF POWERFUL TEMP
button for two seconds one more
time.
MODE FAN SWING
•“ ” disappears from the LCD.
1, 2
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
• MOLD PROOF operation will operate for approximately one hour after dry or cooling mode
is turned off.
• This function is not designed to remove existing dust or mold.
• MOLD PROOF operation is not available when the unit is turned off using the OFF TIMER.
17

INTELLIGENT EYE Operation

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is the infrared sensor which
detects the human movement.
To start INTELLIGENT
EYE operation
1. Press “SENSOR button”.
To cancel the ECONO
INTELLIGENT EYE ON/OFF

POWERFUL TEMP
operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again. MODE FAN SWING
1, 2
[EX.]
ON CANCEL
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation OFF
TIMER
When nobody in the room
• 20 min. after, start energy saving

operation.
Somebody back in the room

• Back to normal operation.
18

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving

Energy saving operation
• Change the temperature –2°C in heating / +2°C in cooling / +2°C in dry mode from set temperature.
• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)
Notes on “INTELLIGENT EYE”

• Application range is as follows.
• Sensor may not detect moving objects further than 7m away. (Check the application range)
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of pass-
ersby, temperature range, etc.
• The sensor also mistakenly detects pets, sunlight, fluttering curtains and light reflected off of
mirrors as passersby.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.
• Night set mode (page 20.) will not go on during you use INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
CAUTION
• Do not place large objects near the sensor.
Also keep heating units or humidifiers outside the sensor’s detection area. This sensor can
detect objects it shouldn’t as well as not detect objects it should.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and
malfunction.
19

TIMER Operation
Timer functions are useful for automatically switching the
air conditioner on or off at night or in the morning. You can
also use OFF TIMER and ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER opera-

tion
• Check that the clock is correct.
If not, set the clock to the present time.
(page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”. ECONO

ON/OFF
is displayed. POWERFUL TEMP
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button” MODE FAN SWING

until the time setting reaches the QUIET MOLD PROOF SENSOR
point you like. 2
• Every pressing of either button increases
ON CANCEL 4
or decreases the time setting by 10 min-
utes. Holding down either button changes OFF
the setting rapidly. TIMER
1, 3
3. Press “OFF TIMER button”
again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up.
To cancel the OFF TIMER operation

4. Press “CANCEL button”.
• The TIMER lamp goes off.
NOTE
• When TIMER is set, the present time is not displayed.
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is canceled when
remote controller batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from the time
entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature setting (0.5˚C
up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for your pleasant sleep.
20

To use ON TIMER operation

• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set
the clock to the present time
(page 9.).
1. Press “ON TIMER button”.

is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER Setting button”

until the time setting reaches
the point you like. ECONO
• Every pressing of either button ON/OFF
increases or decreases the time setting POWERFUL TEMP
by 10 minutes. Holding down either but-
ton changes the setting rapidly.
MODE FAN SWING
3. Press “ON TIMER button” QUIET MOLD PROOF SENSOR
again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up. 1, 3
ON CANCEL
4
OFF
TIMER
2
To cancel ON TIMER
operation
To combine ON TIMER and OFF TIMER

• A sample setting for combining the two timers is shown below.
ATTENTION
In the following cases, set the timer again.
• After a breaker has turned OFF.
• After a power failure.
• After replacing batteries in the remote controller.
21

Care and Cleaning

CAUTION Before cleaning, be sure to stop the operation and
turn the breaker OFF.
Units
Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
1. Wipe them with dry soft cloth.
Front panel
1. Open the front panel.
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two sides and lift
it unitl it stops with a click.
2. Remove the front panel.

• Lift the front panel up, slide it slightly to the
right, and remove it from the horizontal axle.
3. Clean the front panel.

• Wipe it with a soft cloth soaked in water.
• Only neutral detergent may be used.
• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with
cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
4. Attach the front panel.

• Set the 2 keys of the front panel into the slots and
push them in all the way.
• Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at
the 3 points.
( 1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
CAUTION
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts, this may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool and watch your steps carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40˚C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, pol-
ishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
24

Filters
1. Open the front panel. (page 24.)
2. Pull out the air filters.
• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air
filter, then pull it down.
3. Take off the Titanium Apatite
Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter. Titanium Apatite
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and Photocatalytic
unhook the four claws. Air-Purifying Filter
Air filter
4. Clean or replace each filter. Filter frame
See figure.
Tab
5. Set the air filter and Titanium Apatite
Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter as they
were and close the front panel.
• Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel.
Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the 3
points. (1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
Air Filter
1. Wash the air filters with water or clean them with
vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent
thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every two weeks.

Air-Purifying Filter.
The Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed
by washing it with water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing
it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
1. Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and wash lightly with water.
2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neu-
tral cleaning agent.
3. Do not remove filter from frame when washing with water.
4. After washing, shake off remaining water and dry in the shade.
5. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter
when removing water from it.
[ Replacement ]
1. Remove the tabs on the filter frame and replace with a new filter.
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
25

NOTE
• Operation with dirty filters:
(1) cannot deodorize the air. (2) cannot clean the air.
(3) results in poor heating or cooling. (4) may cause odour.
• To order Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter contact to the service shop
there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old filters as burnable waste.
Item Part No.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.
KAF970A46
(without frame) 1 set
Check
Check that the base, stand and other fittings of the outdoor unit are not decayed or corroded.
Check that nothing blocks the air inlets and the outlets of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Check that the drain comes smoothly out of the drain hose during COOL or DRY operation.
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the ser-
vice shop if this is the case.
Before a long idle period

1. Operate the “Fan only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the
inside.
• Press “MODE selector button” and select “Fan”operation.
• Press “ON/OFF button” and start operation.
2. After operation stops, turn off the breaker for the room air conditioner.
3. Clean the air filters and set them again.
4. Take out batteries from the remote controller.
26

Trouble Shooting
These cases are not troubles.
The following cases are not air conditioner troubles but have some reasons. You may just continue using it.
Case Explanation
Operation does not start soon. • This is to protect the air conditioner.
• When ON/OFF button was You should wait for about 3 minutes.
pressed soon after
operation was stopped.
• When the mode was
reselected.
Hot air does not flow out soon • The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4
after the start of heating minutes.
operation. (The system is designed to start discharging air only after it
has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops • The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
suddenly and a flowing sound You should wait for about 3 to 8 minutes.
is heard.
The outdoor unit emits water or In HEAT mode
steam. • The frost on the outdoor unit melts into water or steam
when the air conditioner is in defrost operation.
In COOL or DRY mode
• Moisture in the air condenses into water on the cool
surface of outdoor unit piping and drips.
Mist comes out of the indoor This happens when the air in the room is cooled into mist by
unit. the cold air flow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or
cigarettes are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the
air flow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit
washed by a technician. Consult the service shop where you
bought the air conditioner.)
The outdoor fan rotates while After operation is stopped:
the air conditioner is not in • The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60
operation. seconds for system protection.
While the air conditioner is not in operation:
• When the outdoor temperature is very high, the outdoor
fan starts rotating for system protection.
The operation stopped For system protection, the air conditioner may stop
suddenly. operating on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
(OPERATION lamp is on.) It automatically resumes operation in about 3 minutes.
27

Check again.
Please check again before calling a repair person.
Case Check
The air conditioner does not • Hasn’t a breaker turned OFF or a fuse blown?
operate. • Isn’t it a power failure?
(OPERATION lamp is off.)
• Are batteries set in the remote controller?
• Is the timer setting correct?
Cooling (Heating) effect is poor. • Are the air filters clean?
• Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
indoor and the outdoor units?
• Is the temperature setting appropriate?
• Are the windows and doors closed?
• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
• Is the unit set to the INTELLIGENT EYE mode?
(page 18.)
Operation stops suddenly. • Are the air filters clean?
(OPERATION lamp flashes.) • Is there anything to block the air inlet or the outlet of the
Clean the air filters or take all obstacles away and turn the
breaker OFF. Then turn it ON again and try operating the air
conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes,
call the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
An abnormal functioning • The air conditioner may malfunction with lightning or radio
happens during operation. waves. Turn the breaker OFF, turn it ON again and try
operating the air conditioner with the remote controller.
28

Call the service shop immediately.
WARNING
When an abnormality (such as a burning smell) occurs, stop operation and turn the breaker OFF.
Continued operation in an abnormal condition may result in troubles, electric shocks or fire.
Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
Do not attempt to repair or modify the air conditioner by yourself.
Incorrect work may result in electric shocks or fire.
If one of the following symptoms takes place, call the service shop immediately.
After a power failure Lightning

The air conditioner automatically resumes If lightning may strike the neighbouring area,
operation in about 3 minutes. You should just stop operation and turn the breaker OFF for
wait for a while. system protection.
We recommend periodical maintenance.

In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of
use, resulting in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist
aside from regular cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where
you bought the air conditioner.
The maintenance cost must be born by the user.
29
3P232468-7

13.3 FTK(X)S 50-71 G, FTXS 80 G
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
4
3
2 1
10 11 9
7
8
12
16
13
15
14

Outdoor Unit
50/60 class 71/80/90 class
17 17
19
19
20
18
21 21
18
20
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter 14. HOME LEAVE lamp (red):
2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic • Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE
Air-Purifying Filter Operation. (page 16.)
3. Air inlet 15. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
4. Front panel • Push this switch once to start operation.
Push once again to stop it.
5. Panel tab
• The operation mode refer to the following table.
Temperature Air flow
• It detects the movements of people and Mode
setting rate
automatically switches between normal operation
FTKS COOL 22°C AUTO
and energy saving operation. (page 18.)
FTXS AUTO 25°C AUTO
• It senses the air temperature around the unit. • This switch is useful when the remote controller
is missing.
8. Display
16. Signal receiver:
9. Air outlet
• It receives signals from the remote controller.
10. Flap (horizontal blade): (page 12.) • When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
11. Louvers (vertical blades): short beep.
• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet. • Operation start .............beep-beep
(page 12.) • Settings changed..........beep
12. Operation lamp (green) • Operation stop ..............beeeeep
13. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
Outdoor Unit
17. Air inlet: (Back and side) 20. Drain hose
18. Air outlet 21. Earth terminal:
19. Refrigerant piping and inter-unit cable • It is inside of this cover.

Remote Controller
1
5
3
6
4
9
7 11
QUIET
8 12
13 ON CANCEL 10
OFF 16
TIMER
18
15 17
14
< ARC433B70, B71 >

• It displays the current settings. • It selects the air flow rate setting.
(In this illustration, each section is shown 10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE
with all its displays ON for the purpose of operation (page 18.)
explanation.) 11. SWING button: (page 12.)
3. HOME LEAVE button: • Flap (Horizontal blade)
HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.) 12. SWING button: (page 12.)
4. POWERFUL button: • Louver (Vertical blades)
• It cancels the timer setting.
Press once again to stop it.
17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)
7. MODE selector button:
18. RESET button:
• It selects the operation mode.
• Restart the unit if it freezes.
(AUTO/DRY/COOL/HEAT/FAN) (page 10.)


To set the batteries Position + and
– correctly!
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA). 2 –
+ +
–
ATTENTION
About batteries
together.
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces
the lifespan.
conditioner.


controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at
the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals
between the unit and the remote controller, such
as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
about 7m.
Receiver

holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the
signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. Remote controller
with the screws supplied with the holder
holder.
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
ATTENTION
• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult the shop.

To set the clock

is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to

set the clock to the present time.
Holding down “ ” or “ ” button
rapidly increases or decreases the time
display.

blinks.
QUIET
2
Turn the breaker ON ON CANCEL
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then

1, 3
OFF
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.) TIMER
NOTE
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain. For cooling:26°C – 28°C
Please note

COOL Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
(In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the
outdoor unit only.)
Indoor humidity: 80% max. • Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
DRY Outdoor temperature:10 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system .


The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of your
choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate with the
same operation mode.
To start operation
: AUTO
: DRY 2, 3
1
: COOL
: HEAT
QUIET
: FAN
5
ON CANCEL
<FTKS>
OFF
TIMER
<FTXS>
2. Press “ON/OFF button”.

To stop operation

10

To change the air flow rate setting

DRY mode AUTO or HEAT or COOL or FAN mode
Five levels of air flow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”

The air flow rate setting is not variable.

When the air flow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the air flow rate is set to a weak level.
NOTE
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is
recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation mode
(COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room temperature to
user-setting level.
you like.
Note on air flow rate setting
• At smaller air flow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
11

Adjusting the Air Flow Direction

You can adjust the air flow direction to increase your
comfort.

blade (flap)
1. Press “SWING button ”.
2. When the flap has reached the

desired position,
press “SWING button ” once
more. 1, 2
• The flap will stop moving. QUIET
• “ ” disappears from the LCD. 3, 4
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)

4. When the louvers have reached the desired position, press the
“SWING button ” once more.
• The louvers will stop moving.
12

To 3-D Airflow
1. 3. Press the “SWING button ” and the “SWING button ”:
the “ ” and “ ” display will light up and the flap and louvers will
move in turn.
To cancel 3-D Airflow

2. 4. Press either the “SWING button ” or the “SWING button ”.
Notes on louvers angles

ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a
high speed.
Notes on flap angle

• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging In COOL or DRY mode
range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow
• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,
which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and STOP
hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, COOL
approx. 10˚~40˚
throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot DRY
developing. approx. 5˚~35˚
In HEAT or FAN mode
ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is
swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air STOP
HEAT
outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed. approx. 15˚~55˚
FAN
approx. 5˚~55˚
13

POWERFUL Operation
maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL
operation
again with the settings which were used
before POWERFUL operation.
• When using Powerful operation, there are
some functions which are not available. 1, 2
QUIET
To cancel POWERFUL
operation ON CANCEL
2. Press “POWERFUL button” OFF

again. TIMER
NOTE
and the air flow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and air flow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the air flow rate is slightly increased .
• In FAN mode
The air flow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
14


fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is
convenient during night.

QUIET operation
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT

QUIET operation
2. Press “QUIET button” again. QUIET
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
same time.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when
using OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller
display.
15


HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and air
flow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE

operation
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
1, 2
To cancel HOME LEAVE

operation
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again. QUIET
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off. ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.

To set the temperature and air flow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and air flow rate
for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and air flow rate.
Initial setting Selectable range

temperature Air flow rate temperature Air flow rate
Cooling 25°C “ ” 18-32°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
Heating 25°C “ ” 10-30°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote

controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.
3. Adjust the air flow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change
the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
16

Before bed...


EYE operation
To cancel the
INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
QUIET
1, 2
[EX.] ON CANCEL
When somebody in the room OFF

• Normal operation TIMER

operation.

18

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.

• Decrease the air flow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)

Vertical angle 90° Horizontal angle 110°
(Side View) (Top View)
55° 55°
90°
7m
7m
• Sensor detection sensitivity changes according to indoor unit location, the speed of
passersby, temperature range, etc.
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
CAUTION
malfunction.
19

TIMER Operation
To use OFF TIMER

operation
(page 9.)
1. Press “OFF TIMER button”.
is displayed.
blinks.

until the time setting reaches the QUIET
point you like. 2
or decreases the time setting by 10
ON CANCEL 4
minutes. Holding down either button
OFF
changes the setting rapidly. TIMER
3. Press “OFF TIMER button” 1, 3
again.
To cancel the OFF TIMER Operation

NOTE
NIGHT SET MODE
20


• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the
clock to the present time
(page 9.).
is displayed.
blinks.

until the time setting reaches the
point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or
decreases the time setting by 10 minutes.
Holding down either button changes the
setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up. QUIET
1, 3
ON CANCEL
4
OFF
TIMER
2
To cancel ON TIMER operation


(Example)
Present time: 11:00 p.m.
(The unit operating)
Display
OFF TIMER at 0:00 a.m.

ON TIMER at 7:00 a.m. Combined
ATTENTION
21

Care and Cleaning

Units
Indoor unit, outdoor unit and remote controller
Front panel
• Hold the panel by the tabs on the two
sides and lift it until it stops with a
click.
• Open the front panel
further while sliding it to
either the left or right
and pulling it toward
you. This will disconnect
the rotation dowel on
one side. Then
disconnect the rotation
dowel on the other side
in the same manner.
• In case of washing the panel with water, dry it with cloth, dry it up in the shade after washing.
• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel
with the slots, then push them all the way in.
• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides
and the center.)
CAUTION
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils,
polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
24

Filters
(page 24.)
• Push a little upwards the tab at the
center of each air filter, then pull it
down.
3. Take off the Titanium
Apatite Photocatalytic tabs (3 at top)
• Press the top of the air-
cleaning filter onto the tabs
(3 at top). Then press the
bottom of the filter up
slightly, and press it onto tabs (3 at bottom)
the tabs (3 at bottom).
4. Clean or replace each filter.

See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the Titanium
Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying
Filter as they were and close the front
panel.
• Press the front panel at both sides and the
center.
Air Filter
vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral
detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the
shade.
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter

The Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water
once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.
4. Since the material is made out of polyester, do not wring out the filter
[ Replacement ]
• Dispose of the old filter as non-flammable waste.
25

NOTE
• Dispose of old filters as non-flammable waste.
Item Part No.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter.
KAF952B42
Check
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the
service shop if this is the case.

1. Operate the “FAN only” for several hours on a fine day to dry out the
inside.
• Press “MODE button” and select “FAN” operation.
26

Trouble Shooting
Case Explanation
pressed soon after
reselected.
is heard.
In COOL or DRY mode
unit. the cold air flow during cooling operation.
This is because the air in the room is cooled by the heat
exchanger and becomes mist during defrost operation.
air flow.
27

Check again.
Case Check
(OPERATION lamp is off.) • Are batteries set in the remote controller?
• Are the air flow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks,
28

WARNING
The power cord is abnormally hot or damaged.

An abnormal sound is heard during operation.
The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker Turn the breaker
cuts off the operation frequently. OFF and call the
A switch or a button often fails to work properly. service shop.
There is a burning smell.
Water leaks from the indoor unit.

The air conditioner automatically resumes If lightning may strike the neighboring area,
Disposal requirements
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in accordance with
the relevant local and national regulations.

29
3P232468-4

13.4 FTXS 80-100 H
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
4
3
2 1
10 11 9
7
8
16 13
12
14
15

Outdoor Unit
80/90 class 100 class
17
17
19 19
21 21
18 18
20 20
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter 12. Operation lamp (green)
2. Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic 13. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.)
Air-Purifying Filter 14. INTELLIGENT EYE lamp (green): (page 15.)
3. Air inlet 15. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
4. Front panel • Push this switch once to start operation.
5. Panel tab Push once again to stop it.
6. INTELLIGENT EYE sensor: • The operation mode refer to the following
table.
• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal Temperature
Mode Airflow rate
operation and energy saving operation. setting
(page 15.) AUTO 25˚C AUTO
7. Room temperature sensor: • This switch is useful when the remote
• It senses the air temperature around the controller is missing.
unit. 16. Signal receiver:
8. Display • It receives signals from the remote controller.
9. Air outlet • When the unit receives a signal, you will
10. Horizontal blades (flaps): (page 12.) hear a short beep.
• Operation start ........ beep-beep
11. Vertical blades (louvers):
• Settings changed ..... beep
• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.
• Operation stop.......... beeeeep
(page 12.)
Outdoor Unit

Remote Controller
1
2 <Open the front cover>

9 10
7 11
5
3 8
12
6 13
4
14
16
15
18
17
<ARC452A4>
1. Signal transmitter: 11. SWING button:
• It sends signals to the indoor unit. • Vertical blades (louvers) (page 12.)
2. Display: 12. COMFORT/SENSOR button:
• It displays the current settings. • COMFORT AIRFLOW and INTELLIGENT
(In this illustration, each section is shown EYE operation (page 14, 15.)
with all its displays ON for the purpose of 13. WEEKLY/PROGRAM/COPY/BACK/NEXT
explanation.) button:
3. FAN setting button: • WEEKLY TIMER operation (page 22.)
• It selects the airflow rate setting. 14. SELECT button:
4. POWERFUL button: • It changes the ON/OFF TIMER and
POWERFUL operation (page 17.) WEEKLY TIMER settings. (page 20, 23.)
5. ON/OFF button: 15. OFF TIMER button: (page 20.)
• Press this button once to start operation. 16. ON TIMER button: (page 21.)
17. TIMER CANCEL button:
6. TEMPERATURE adjustment buttons: • It cancels the timer setting. (page 20, 21.)
• It changes the temperature setting. • It cannot be used for the WEEKLY TIMER
7. MODE selector button: operation.
• It selects the operation mode. 18. CLOCK button: (page 8.)
8. QUIET button:
OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation (page 18.)
9. ECONO button:
ECONO operation (page 19.)
10. SWING button:
• Horizontal blades (flaps) (page 12.)

Preparation before Operation

To set the batteries
2
1. Slide the front cover to take it off. Position + and
– correctly!
2. Set two dry batteries (LR03·AAA).

3
1
To operate the remote controller

• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at the
indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals between the
unit and the remote controller, such as a curtain, the unit
will not operate.
• The maximum distance for communication is about 7m. Receiver

holder on the wall Remote
controller
1. Choose a place from where the signals reach the unit. holder
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. with the
Set.
screws supplied with the holder.
3. Place the remote controller in the remote
controller holder. • To remove, pull it
upwards.
ATTENTION
About batteries
• When replacing the batteries, use batteries of the same type, and replace the two old batteries together.
• The batteries will last for approximately one year. If the remote controller display begins to
fade and the degradation of reception performance occurs within a year, however, replace
both two batteries with new size AAA alkaline batteries.
The usable period of the batteries may be short depending on the manufactured date of the air conditioner.
• Signal communication may be disabled if an electronic-starter-type fluorescent lamp (such
as inverter-type lamps) is in the room. Consult the shop if that is the case.
• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance
to somewhere else, or consult the shop.

Preparation before Operation

To set the clock
is displayed.
and blinks.
2. Press “SELECT button” to set

the current day of the week.
blinks.
4. Press “SELECT button” to set

the clock to the present time.
display.

Always point the remote controller at the
indoor unit when pushing the buttons
2, 4
when setting the indoor unit’s internal
clock.
blinks. 1, 3, 5
NOTE
• If the indoor unit’s internal clock is not set to the correct time, the WEEKLY TIMER will not
operate punctually.

Turn the breaker ON

• Turning ON the breaker opens once and closes the flaps. (This is a normal procedure.)
NOTE
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain. For cooling:26˚C – 28˚C
Blocking sunlight and air from outdoors increases the cooling (heating) effect. For heating:20˚C – 24˚C
• Clogged air filters cause inefficient operation and waste energy.
Clean them once in about every two weeks.
Please note
COOL Outdoor temperature: 10 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
HEAT Outdoor temperature: –15 to 24˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
DRY Outdoor temperature: 10 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• The operation of the system outside the above humidity or temperature range may cause a
safety device to disable the system.


The air conditioner operates with the operation
mode of your choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will
operate with the same operation mode.
To start operation
• Each pressing of the button advances
the mode setting in sequence.
: AUTO
: DRY 5
: COOL 4
: HEAT
2, 3
: FAN 1

To stop operation


10

To change the airflow rate setting

DRY mode AUTO or COOL or HEAT or FAN mode
Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”

The airflow rate setting is not variable.

When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
NOTE
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it
is recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• The heat pump system heats the room by circulating hot air around all parts of the room.
After the start of heating operation, it takes some time before the room gets warmer.
• In heating operation, frost may occur on the outdoor unit and lower the heating capacity. In
that case, the system switches into defrosting operation to take away the frost.
• A pinging sound may be heard during defrosting operation, which, however does not mean
that the air conditioner has failures.
outside temperature is high, the performance of the air conditioner drops.
much as possible. It automatically controls temperature and airflow rate, so manual
• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation
mode (COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular interval to bring the room
temperature to user-setting level.
• If you do not like AUTO operation, manually change the set temperature.
Note on airflow rate setting
• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
11

Adjusting the Airflow Direction

You can adjust the airflow direction to increase
your comfort.

blades (flaps)
2. When the flaps have reached

the desired position,
press “SWING button ”
once more.
• The flaps will stop moving.
1, 2
3, 4
To adjust the vertical

blades (louvers)
12

To start 3-D Airflow

move in turn.

COMFORT AIRFLOW operation

• Check COMFORT AIRFLOW operation in the section of “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” and
“INTELLIGENT EYE Operation”. (page 14, 15.)
Notes on flaps and louvers angles

• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps
COOL AND DRY MODE
swinging range depends on the operation mode.
(See the figure.) STOP
OPERATION
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow COMFORT
• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold AIRFLOW (40˚)
air, which tends to collected at the bottom of the UPPER
room, and hot air, which tends to collect near the LIMIT (45˚)
ceiling, throughout the room, preventing areas of LOWER
cold and hot developing. LIMIT (80˚)
ATTENTION HEAT AND FAN MODE

• Always use a remote controller to adjust the
STOP
angles of the flaps and louvers. If you attempt to OPERATION
move it forcibly with hand when it is swinging, the
UPPER
mechanism may be broken. LIMIT (60˚)
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the
louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is LOWER COMFORT
LIMIT (100˚) AIRFLOW (105˚)
rotating at a high speed.
13

COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation

The flow of air will be in the upward direction while in
cooling mode and in the downward direction while in
heating mode, which will provide a comfortable wind
that will not come in direct contact with people.
To start COMFORT
AIRFLOW operation
1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”
and select “ ” on the LCD.
• Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR
button” is pressed a different setting
option is displayed on the LCD.
• By selecting “ ” from the following
icons, the air conditioner will be in COMFORT
AIRFLOW operation combined with
INTELLIGENT EYE operation. (page 16.)
Blank
1, 2
To cancel COMFORT
AIRFLOW operation
2. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”.
• Press the button to select “Blank”.
Notes on “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation”

• The flap position will change, preventing air from blowing directly on the occupants of the room.
• POWERFUL operation and COMFORT AIRFLOW operation cannot be used at the same time.
• The volume of air will be set to AUTO. If the upward and downward airflow direction is
selected, the COMFORT AIRFLOW function will be canceled.
• Priority is given to the function of whichever button is pressed last.
• The COMFORT AIRFLOW function makes the following airflow direction adjustments.
The flaps will move upward while cooling so that the airflow will be directed upward.
The flaps will move downward while heating so that the airflow will be directed downward.
Cooling operation Heating operation
14


EYE operation
1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button”
and select “ ” on the LCD.
• Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR
button” is pressed a different setting
option is displayed on the LCD.
• By selecting “ ” from the following
icons, the air conditioner will be in
INTELLIGENT EYE operation combined with
COMFORT AIRFLOW operation. (page 16.)
Blank
To cancel the INTELLIGENT 1, 2
EYE operation
[EX.]
When somebody in the room
• Normal operation
The air conditioner is in normal
operation while the sensor is
detecting the movement of people.

• 20 min. after, start energy
saving operation.
The set temperature is shifted in
±2ºC steps.

The air conditioner will return to
normal operation when the sensor
detects the movement of people
again.
15


“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving
• Change the temperature –2˚C in heating / +2˚C in cooling / +2˚C in dr y mode from set temperature.
• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in FAN mode only.
• If no presence detected in the room for 20 minutes.

Vertical angle 90˚ Horizontal angle 110˚
55˚ 55˚
7m
7m 90˚
• INTELLIGENT EYE operatipon will not go on during powerful operation.
• NIGHT SET MODE (page 20.) will not go on during use of INTELLIGENT EYE operation.
To combine “COMFORT AIRFLOW Operation” and

“INTELLIGENT EYE Operation”
1. Press “COMFORT/SENSOR button” and select “ ” on the LCD.
• Each time the “COMFORT/SENSOR button” is pressed a different setting option is
displayed on the LCD.
Blank

• The air conditioner can go into operation with the COMFORT AIRFLOW and INTELLIGENT
EYE functions combined.
• The volume of air will be set to AUTO. If the upward and downward airflow direction is
selected, the CONFORT AIRFLOW operation will be canceled.
CAUTION
detect undesirable objects.
• Do not hit or violently push the INTELLIGENT EYE sensor. This can lead to damage and malfunction.
16

POWERFUL Operation
POWERFUL operation quickly maximizes the
cooling (heating) effect in any operation mode.
You can get the maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL
operation
• POWERFUL operation ends in
20minutes. Then the system
automatically operates again with the
previous settings which were used
• When using POWERFUL operation, 1, 2
there are some functions which are
not available.
To cancel POWERFUL
operation
2. Press “POWERFUL button”
again.
NOTE
• POWERFUL Operation cannot be used together with ECONO, QUIET, or COMFORT
Operation.
and the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the airflow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
• POWERFUL Operation will not increase the capacity of the air conditioner if the air
conditioner is already in operation with its maximum capacity demonstrated.
17


OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation lowers the
noise level of the outdoor unit by changing the
frequency and fan speed on the outdoor unit.
This function is convenient during night.
To start OUTDOOR
UNIT QUIET operation
To cancel OUTDOOR
UNIT QUIET operation
2. Press “QUIET button” again.
1, 2
NOTE
same time.
• OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET Operation will drop neither the frequency nor fan speed if the
frequency and fan speed have been already dropped low enough.
18

ECONO Operation
ECONO operation is a function which enables
efficient operation by limiting the maximum power
consumption value.
This function is useful for cases in which attention
should be paid to ensure a circuit breaker will not
trip when the product runs alongside other
appliances.
To start ECONO
operation
1. Press “ECONO button”.
To cancel ECONO
1, 2
operation
2. Press “ECONO button” again.
•“ ” disappears from the LCD.
Running current and
power consumption
Maximum during
Normal normal operation
operation
Maximum during
ECONO Mode
ECONO
Mode
Time
From start up until set
temperature is reached
• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.

* The maximum running current and power consumption of the air conditioner in ECONO
mode vary with the connecting outdoor unit.
NOTE
• ECONO Operation can only be set when the unit is running. Pressing the OFF button
causes the setting to be canceled, and the “ ” disappears from the LCD.
• ECONO operation is a function which enables efficient operation by limiting the power
consumption of the outdoor unit (operating frequency).
• ECONO operation functions in AUTO, COOL, DRY and HEAT modes.
• POWERFUL and ECONO operation cannot be used at the same time.
• Power consumption may not drop even if ECONO operation is used of the level of power
consumption is already low.
19

TIMER Operation
Timer functions are useful for automatically
switching the air conditioner on or off at night or in
the morning. You can also use OFF TIMER and
ON TIMER in combination.
To use OFF TIMER

operation
(page 8.)
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “SELECT button” until
the time setting reaches the
point you like.
• Every pressing of either button
increases or decreases the time
setting by 10 minutes. Holding down
either button changes the setting
rapidly.
2
again. 4

NOTE
• Once you set ON, OFF TIMER, the time setting is kept in the memory. (The memory is
canceled when remote controller batteries are replaced.)
• When operating the unit via the ON/OFF Timer, the actual length of operation may vary from
the time entered by the user. (Maximum approx. 10 minutes)
NIGHT SET MODE
When the OFF TIMER is set, the air conditioner automatically adjusts the temperature
setting (0.5˚C up in COOL, 2.0˚C down in HEAT) to prevent excessive cooling (heating) for
your pleasant sleep.
20

To use ON TIMER
operation
• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set
the clock to the present time. (page 8.)
is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “SELECT button” until
the time setting reaches the
point you like.
• Every pressing of either button
increases or decreases the time setting
by 10 minutes. Holding down either
button changes the setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button”
again.
2
1, 3
4
To cancel ON TIMER
operation

(Example)
Display

ATTENTION
21

WEEKLY TIMER Operation

Up to 4 timer settings can be saved for each day of the week. It is convenient if the WEEKLY TIMER is
set according to the family’s life style.
Using in these cases of WEEKLY TIMER

An example of WEEKLY TIMER settings is shown below.
Example: The same timer settings are made for the week from Monday through
Friday while different timer settings are made for the weekend.
[Monday] Make timer settings up to programs 1-4. (see page 23.)
Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF
25˚C 27˚C
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
25˚C 27˚C
ON OFF ON OFF
[Tuesday] Use the copy mode to make settings for Tuesday to Friday, because these
to settings are the same as those for Monday. (see page 25.)
[Friday] Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Program 4
ON OFF ON OFF
25˚C 27˚C
6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
[Saturday] No timer settings

[Sunday] Make timer settings up to programs 1-4. (see page 23.)
ON OFF OFF ON
25˚C 27˚C 27˚C

8:00 10:00 19:00 21:00
25˚C 27˚C
ON OFF OFF ON
• Up to 4 reservations per day and 28 reservations per week can be set in the WEEKLY TIMER.
The effective use of the copy mode ensures ease of making reservations.
• The use of ON-ON-ON-ON settings, for example, makes it possible to schedule operating mode
and set temperature changes. Furthermore, by using OFF-OFF-OFF-OFF settings, only the turn-
OFF time of each day can be set. This will turn OFF the air conditioner automatically if the user
forgets to turn it OFF.
22

To use WEEKLY TIMER operation

• Make sure the day of the week and time are set.
If not, set the day of the week and time. (page 8.)
ON OFF ON OFF
[Monday] 25˚C 27˚C

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
1. Press “ button”.
• The day of the week and the reservation
number will be displayed.
• 1 to 4 settings can be made per day.
2. Press the “SELECT button” to select the desired
day of the week and reservation number.
• Pressing the “SELECT button” changes the
reservation number and the day of the week.
3. Press “NEXT button”.
• The day of the week will be set.
• “ ” and “ ” blink. 1
4. Press “SELECT button” to
select the desired mode. 3, 5, 7
• “ ” and “ ” or “ ” will flash.
ON OFF Blank 2, 4, 6
ON TIMER OFF TIMER no setting
• Go to STEP 9 if “no setting” is selected.

• The weekly mode will be set.
• “ ” and “ ” blink.
6. Press “SELECT button” to select the desired time.

• The time can be set between 0:00 and 23:50 in 10 minute intervals.
• Press “BACK button” to return to the mode setting.
• Go to STEP 9 if “OFF” is selected at STEP 4.

• The time will be set.
• “ ” and the temperature blink.
Respective Setting Screens
Day and number settings ON/OFF settings Time settings Temperature settings
23


8. Press “SELECT button” to
select the desired temperature.
• The temperature can be set between
10˚C and 32˚C .
Cooling: The unit operates at 18˚C even
if it is set at 10 to 17˚C.
Heating: The unit operates at 30˚C even
if it is set at 31 to 32˚C.
• To return to the time setting, press
“BACK button”.
• The set temperature is only displayed
when the mode setting is on.

• The temperature will be set and go to
the next reservation setting.
• To continue further settings, repeat the
procedure from STEP 2.
10.Press “ button” to
complete the setting. 10
• Point the remote controller toward the
air conditioner and press the buttons to
operate. The air conditioner will beep 9
and the operation lamp will flash.
NOTE
WEEKLY TIMER
• Do not forget to set the time on the remote control first.
• The day of the week, ON/OFF time can be set with WEEKLY TIMER. For ON-TIMER, settings
other than the above are based on the remote controller settings just before the operation.
• Both WEEKLY TIMER and ON/OFF timer cannot be used at the same time. The ON/OFF
timer has priority if it is set while WEEKLY TIMER is still active. WEEKLY TIMER is activated
after the reserved ON/OFF timer is completed.
• The “WEEKLY button” activates or deactivates the reservation.
• To set WEEKLY TIMER, press “ button” and make a reservation according to the procedures.
• Only the time and set temperature set with the weekly timer are sent with the “ button”.
Set the weekly timer only after setting the operation mode, the fan strength, and the fan
direction ahead of time.
• Up to 4 settings per day and up to 28 settings per week can be reserved with WEEKLY
TIMER. If a reservation deactivated with “WEEKLY button” is activated once again, the last
reservation mode will be used.
• Shutting the breaker off, power failure, and other similar events will render operation of the
indoor unit’s internal clock inaccurate. Reset the clock. (page 8.)
• The “BACK button” can be used only for the mode, time and temperature settings.
It cannot be used to go back to the reservation number.
24

Using copy mode

• A reservation made once can be easily
copied and the same settings used for
another day of the week.
ON OFF ON OFF
[Monday] 25˚C 27˚C

6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
COPY
[Tuseday] ON OFF ON OFF
to 25˚C 27˚C
[Friday] 6:00 8:30 17:30 22:00
1. Press “ button”. 1, 6
2. Press “SELECT button” to confirm
the day of the week to be copied.
3. Press “COPY button”.
• This activates copy mode. 3, 5
• Copy whole reservation of the selected
day of the week.
4. Press “SELECT button” to select
2, 4
the destination day of the week.
5. Press “COPY button”.
• The reservation will be copied to the
selected day of the week. The whole reservation of the selected day of the week will be copied.
• To continue copying the settings to other days of the week, repeat STEP 4 and STEP 5.
• Exit copy mode.
Setting Screens
Confirmation screen Copy screen Paste screen Normal screen
NOTE
COPY MODE
• The entire reservation of the source day of the week is copied in the copy mode.
Detailed settings can be made after the copy is completed.
25


Confirming a reservation
• The reservation can be confirmed.
• The day of the week and the reservation
number of the current day will be displayed.
2. Press “SELECT button” to select the
day of the week and the reservation
number to be confirmed.
• Pressing the “SELECT button” displays
the reservation details.
• Reservation confirmation complete.
Setting Screens
Canceling all 1, 3
4, 6, 7
reservations
4. Hold the “WEEKLY button” for
5 seconds. 2, 5
• Be sure to direct the remote control
toward the main unit and check for a
receiving tone.
• This operation is not effective while WEEKLY TIMER is being set.
• All reservations will be canceled.
Canceling individual reservations

• This function can be used for canceling reservations for each day of the week.
• It can be used while confirming or setting reservations.
5. Select the day of the week to be canceled with the “SELECT button”.
6. Hold the “WEEKLY button” for 5 seconds.
• The selected reservation will be canceled.
To cancel WEEKLY TIMER operation

7. Press “WEEKLY button” to deactivate the WEEKLY operation.
• The “ ” will disappear from the display.
• To reactivate the WEEKLY TIMER operation, press the “WEEKLY button” again.
26

Care and Cleaning

Units
Indoor unit, Outdoor unit and Remote controller
Front panel
sides and lift it unitl it stops with a
click.

• Open the front panel
further while sliding it to
either the left or right
and pulling it toward you.
This will disconnect the
rotation dowel on one
side. Then disconnect
the rotation dowel on the
other side in the same manner.


• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front
panel with the slots, then push them all the way in.
• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both
sides and the center.)
CAUTION
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40˚C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile
oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
27

Filters
1. Open the front panel. (page 27.)
down.
3. Take off the Titanium Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic
Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
Filter frame
• Hold the recessed parts of
the frame and unhook the
four claws.
4. Clean or replace each Tab
Air filter
filter.
See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the Titanium
Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying
Filter as they were and close the front
panel.
• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
Air Filter
vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral detergent
thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the shade.
• It is recommended to clean the air filters every 2 weeks.

The Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter can be renewed by washing it with water
once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a
neutral cleaning agent.
4. Since the material is made out of polyester, do not wring out the filter
[ Replacement ]
28

NOTE
Item Part No.

Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-Purifying Filter
KAF970A48
Check
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and
consult the service shop if this is the case.

inside.
• Press “MODE” button and select “FAN” operation.
• Press “ON/OFF” button and start operation.
29

Trouble Shooting
Case Explanation
• When ON/OFF button was pressed You should wait for about 3 minutes.
soon after operation was stopped.
• When the mode was reselected.
Hot air does not flow out soon • The air conditioner is warming up. You should wait for 1 to 4 minutes.
after the start of heating (The system is designed to start discharging air only after it
operation. has reached a certain temperature.)
The heating operation stops suddenly • The system is taking away the frost on the outdoor unit.
and a flowing sound is heard. You should wait for about 4 to 12 minutes.
In COOL or DRY mode
unit. the cold airflow during cooling operation.
The indoor unit gives out odour. This happens when smells of the room, furniture, or cigarettes
are absorbed into the unit and discharged with the airflow.
(If this happens, we recommend you to have the indoor unit washed by a
technician. Consult the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.)
the air conditioner is not in • The outdoor fan continues rotating for another 60 seconds
operation. for system protection.
The operation stopped For system protection, the air conditioner may stop operating
suddenly. on a sudden large voltage fluctuation.
No remote controller signals are • The batteries are dying and the remote controller is malfunc-
displayed. tioning. Replace all the batteries with new size AAA alkaline
The remote controller sensitivity is low. batteries. For details, refer to “To set the batteries” of this
The display is low in contrast or manual. (page 7.)
blacked out. * If the reset button is provided, press the reset button after the
The display runs out of control. batteries are replaced.
The ON/OFF TIMER does not • Check if the ON/OFF TIMER and the WEEKLY TIMER are
operate according to the set to the same time.
settings. Change or disable the settings in the WEEKLY TIMER.
(page 23.)
30

Check again.
Case Check
• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still flashes,
Heating cannot be selected, • Slide the DIP switch to the left as shown in the illustration so
even though the unit is heat that the heating mode can be selected with the mode
pump model. selector button.
Dipswitches
Heating side
31

WARNING

The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage Turn the breaker
breaker cuts off the operation frequently. OFF and call the

The air conditioner automatically resumes operation If lightning may strike the neighbouring area, stop oper-
in about 3 minutes. You should just wait for a while. ation and turn the breaker OFF for system protection.
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.

In certain operating conditions, the inside of the air conditioner may get foul after several seasons of use, result-
ing in poor performance. It is recommended to have periodical maintenance by a specialist aside from regular
cleaning by the user. For specialist maintenance, contact the service shop where you bought the air conditioner.
32
3P228444-1A

13.5 FTXS 50 C
Names of parts
Indoor Unit
The illustration shows a 50-class unit
4
3 5
1 15
2
9 10
8 6
7
11
12
14
13
Main unit control panel
17
16

Outdoor Unit
18
20
21
22
19
Indoor Unit
1. Air filter 14. Indoor Unit ON/OFF switch:
2. Air purifying filter with photocatalytic • Push this switch once to start operation.
deodorizing function Push once again to stop it.
3. Air inlet • The operation mode refer to the following table.
4. Front panel Temperature Airflow

Mode
setting rate
5. Panel tab
FTKS COOL 22°C AUTO
FTXS AUTO 25°C AUTO
• It detects the movements of people and
automatically switches between normal operation • This switch is useful when the remote controller
and energy saving operation. (page 18.) is missing.
7. Display 15. Packaging materials: 50 class only
• If any packaging materials are included,
8. Air outlet
please remove before operating. (page 24.)
9. Flap (horizontal blade): (page 12.)
10. Louvers (vertical blades): • It senses the air temperature around the unit.
• The Louvers are inside of the air outlet.
17. Signal receiver:
(page 12.)
• It receives signals from the remote controller.
11. Operation lamp (green) • When the unit receives a signal, you will hear a
12. TIMER lamp (yellow): (page 20.) short beep.
13. HOME LEAVE lamp (red): • Operation start .............beep-beep
• Lights up when you use HOME LEAVE • Settings changed..........beep
Operation. (page 16.) • Operation stop ..............beeeeep
Outdoor Unit

Remote Controller
1
5
3
6
4
9
7 11
QUIET
8 12
13 ON CANCEL 10
OFF 16
TIMER
18
15 17
14
< ARC433B70, B71 >

• It displays the current settings. • It selects the airflow rate setting.
(In this illustration, each section is shown 10. SENSOR button: INTELLIGENT EYE
with all its displays ON for the purpose of operation (page 18.)
explanation.) 11. SWING button: (page 12.)
3. HOME LEAVE button: • Flap (Horizontal blade)
HOME LEAVE operation (page 16.) 12. SWING button: (page 12.)
4. POWERFUL button: • Louver (Vertical blades)
• It cancels the timer setting.
17. CLOCK button: (page 9.)
7. MODE selector button:
18. RESET button:
• It selects the operation mode.
• Restart the unit if it freezes.


To set the batteries Position + and
– correctly!
2. Set two dry batteries (AAA). 2 –
+ +
–
ATTENTION
About batteries
together.
reception deteriorates, please replace with new alkali batteries. Using manganese batteries reduces
the lifespan.
conditioner.


controller
• To use the remote controller, aim the transmitter at
the indoor unit. If there is anything to block signals
between the unit and the remote controller, such
as a curtain, the unit will not operate.
about 7m.
Receiver

holder on the wall
1. Choose a place from where the
signals reach the unit.
2. Fix the holder to a wall, a pillar, etc. Remote controller
with the screws supplied with the holder
holder.
Set.
To remove, pull it upwards.
ATTENTION
• If the remote controller signals happen to operate another appliance, move that appliance to
somewhere else, or consult the shop.

To set the clock

is displayed.
blinks.
2. Press “TIMER setting button” to

set the clock to the present time.
display.

blinks.
QUIET
2
Turn the breaker ON ON CANCEL
• Turning ON the breaker opens the flap, then

1, 3
OFF
closes it again. (This is a normal procedure.) TIMER
NOTE
• Cover windows with a blind or a curtain. For cooling:26°C – 28°C
Please note

COOL Outdoor temperature:–5 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
Indoor temperature: 18 to 32˚C (In multi system, it may work to stop the operation of the
Indoor humidity: 80% max. outdoor unit only.)
• Condensation may occur on the indoor unit and drip.
DRY Outdoor temperature:–5 to 46˚C • A safety device may work to stop the operation.
• Operation outside this humidity or temperature range may cause a safety device to disable the system.


The air conditioner operates with the operation mode of
your choice.
From the next time on, the air conditioner will operate
with the same operation mode.
To start operation
: AUTO
: DRY 2, 3
1
: COOL
: HEAT
QUIET
: FAN
5
ON CANCEL
<FTKS>
OFF
TIMER
<FTXS>

To stop operation

10

To change the airflow rate setting

DRY mode AUTO or HEAT or COOL or FAN mode
Five levels of airflow rate setting from “ ” to “ ”

The airflow rate setting is not variable.

When the airflow is set to “ ”, the noise from the indoor unit will become quieter.
The unit might lose capacity when the airflow rate is set to a weak level.
NOTE
capacity becomes smaller in lower outdoor temperatures. If the heating effect is insufficient, it is
recommended to use another heating appliance in combination with the air conditioner.
• In AUTO operation, the system selects a temperature setting and an appropriate operation mode
(COOL or HEAT) based on the room temperature at the start of the operation.
• The system automatically reselects setting at a regular inter val to bring the room temperature to
user-setting level.
you like.
Note on airflow rate setting
• At smaller airflow rates, the cooling (heating) effect is also smaller.
11

Adjusting the Airflow Direction

You can adjust the airflow direction to increase your
comfort.

blade (flap)
2. When the flap has reached the

desired position,
press “SWING button ” once
more. 1, 2
• The flap will stop moving. QUIET
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
To adjust the vertical blades (louvers)

12

To 3-D Airflow
move in turn.

Notes on louvers angles

ATTENTION
• Always use a remote controller to adjust the louvers angles. In side the air outlet, a fan is rotating at a
high speed.
Notes on flap angle

• When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging
In COOL or DRY mode
range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
Three-Dimensional (3-D) Airflow
• Using three-dimensional airflow circulates cold air,
which tends to collected at the bottom of the room, and STOP
hot air, which tends to collect near the ceiling, COOL
approx. 10˚~40˚
throughout the room, preventing areas of cold and hot DRY
developing. approx. 5˚~35˚
ATTENTION In HEAT or FAN mode

• Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.
If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is
swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air STOP
outlet, fan is rotating at a high speed. HEAT
approx. 15˚~55˚
FAN
approx. 5˚~55˚
13

POWERFUL Operation
maximum capacity.
To start POWERFUL
operation
again with the settings which were used
• When using Powerful operation, there are
some functions which are not available. 1, 2
QUIET
To cancel POWERFUL
operation ON CANCEL
2. Press “POWERFUL button” OFF

again. TIMER
NOTE
and the airflow rate be fixed to the maximum setting.
The temperature and airflow settings are not variable.
• In DRY mode
The temperature setting is lowered by 2.5˚C and the airflow rate is slightly increased.
• In FAN mode
The airflow rate is fixed to the maximum setting.
14


fan speed on the outdoor unit. This function is
convenient during night.

QUIET operation
To cancel OUTDOOR UNIT

QUIET operation
2. Press “QUIET button” again. QUIET
ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
NOTE
same time.
• If operation is stopped using the remote controller or the main unit ON/OFF switch when
using OUTDOOR UNIT QUIET operation, “ ” will remain on the remote controller
display.
15


HOME LEAVE operation is a function which allows you to record your preferred temperature and
airflow rate settings.
To start HOME LEAVE

operation
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”.
• The HOME LEAVE lamp lights up.
1, 2
To cancel HOME LEAVE

operation
2. Press “HOME LEAVE button” again. QUIET
• The HOME LEAVE lamp goes off. ON CANCEL
OFF
TIMER
Before using HOME LEAVE operation.

To set the temperature and airflow rate for HOME LEAVE operation
When using HOME LEAVE operation for the first time, please set the temperature and airflow rate
for HOME LEAVE operation. Record your preferred temperature and airflow rate.
Initial setting Selectable range

temperature Airflow rate temperature Airflow rate
Cooling 25°C “ ” 18-32°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
Heating 25°C “ ” 10-30°C 5 step, “ ” and “ ”
1. Press “HOME LEAVE button”. Make sure “ ” is displayed in the remote

controller display.
2. Adjust the set temperature with “ ” or “ ” as you like.
3. Adjust the airflow rate with “FAN” setting button as you like.
Home leave operation will run with these settings the next time you use the unit. To change
the recorded information, repeat steps 1 – 3.
16



EYE operation
To cancel the
INTELLIGENT EYE
operation
2. Press “SENSOR button” again.
QUIET
1, 2
[EX.] ON CANCEL
When somebody in the room OFF

• Normal operation TIMER

operation.

18

“INTELLIGENT EYE” is useful for Energy Saving.

• Decrease the airflow rate slightly in fan operation. (In FAN mode only)

Vertical angle 90˚ Horizontal angle 110˚
55˚ 55˚
7m
7m 90˚
• INTELLIGENT EYE operation will not go on during powerful operation.
CAUTION
malfunction.
19

TIMER Operation
To use OFF TIMER

operation
(page 9.)
is displayed.
blinks.

until the time setting reaches the QUIET
point you like. 2
or decreases the time setting by 10
ON CANCEL 4
minutes. Holding down either button
OFF
changes the setting rapidly. TIMER
again.

NOTE
NIGHT SET MODE
20


• Check that the clock is correct. If not, set the
clock to the present time
(page 9.).
is displayed.
blinks.

until the time setting reaches the
point you like.
• Every pressing of either button increases or
decreases the time setting by 10 minutes.
Holding down either button changes the
setting rapidly.
3. Press “ON TIMER button” again.
• The TIMER lamp lights up. QUIET
1, 3
ON CANCEL
4
OFF
TIMER
2
To cancel ON TIMER operation


(Example)
Display

ATTENTION
21

Care and Cleaning

Units
Indoor unit, outdoor unit and remote controller
Front panel
sides and lift it until it stops with a click.

• Open the front panel further while
sliding it to either the left or right and
pulling it toward you. This will disconnect
the rotation dowel on one side. Then
disconnect the rotation dowel on the
other side in the same manner.
• Align the rotation dowels on the left and right of the front panel
with the slots, then push them all the way in.
• Close the front panel slowly. (Press the panel at both sides
and the center.)
CAUTION
• When the packaging materials are attached to the front panel, please
remove them.
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. If you touch those parts,
this may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, use a robust and stable stool
and watch your steps carefully.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely
with hand to prevent it from falling.
• For cleaning, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline,
thinner, nor other volatile oils, polishing compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
24

Filters
(page 24.)
down.
3. Take off the air
tabs (3 at top)
purifying filter with
photocatalytic
deodorizing function.
• Press the top of the air-
cleaning filter onto the tabs
(3 at top). Then press the
tabs (2 at bottom)
bottom of the filter up
slightly, and press it onto the
tabs (2 at bottom).
4. Clean or replace each filter.

See figure.
5. Set the air filter and the air purifying filter
with photocalytic deodorizing function as
they were and close the front panel.
• Press the front panel at both sides and the center.
Air Filter
vacuum cleaner.
• If the dust does not come off easily, wash them with neutral
detergent thinned with lukewarm water, then dry them up in the
shade.
Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function. (gray)

The air purifying capacity of the photocatalytic purifying filter can be renewed by washing it with
water once every 6 months. We recommend replacing it once every 3 years.
[ Maintenance ]
2. If it is very dirty, soak it for 10 to 15 minutes in water mixed with a neutral cleaning agent.
4. Since the material is made out of paper, do not wring out the filter
[ Replacement ]
• Dispose of the old filter as flammable waste.
25

NOTE
• To order air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing function contact to the service
shop there you bought the air conditioner.
• Dispose of old air filter as non-burnable and photocatalytic deodorizing filters as burnable
waste.
Item Part No.

Air purifying filter with photocatalytic deodorizing
KAF952A42
function. (without frame) 1 set
Check
• If no drain water is seen, water may be leaking from the indoor unit. Stop operation and consult the
service shop if this is the case.

inside.
• Press “MODE button” and select “FAN” operation.
26

Trouble Shooting
Case Explanation
pressed soon after
reselected.
is heard.
In COOL or DRY mode
unit. the cold airflow during cooling operation.
airflow.
27

Check again.
Case Check
• Are the airflow rate and the air direction set appropriately?
conditioner with the remote controller. If the lamp still blinks,
28

WARNING

The safety breaker, a fuse, or the earth leakage breaker Turn the breaker
cuts off the operation frequently. OFF and call the

The air conditioner automatically resumes If lightning may strike the neighboring area,
Dismantling of the unit, treatment of the refrigerant, oil and eventual other parts, should be done in
accordance with the relevant local and national regulations.

29
3P232468-2

ED04-910 Optional Accessories
14. Optional Accessories

14.1 Option List
14.1.1 Indoor Units
FTK(X)S50-71G
Option Name FTK(X)S25/35G FTXS80G
1 Centralized Control Board-up to 5 Rooms ★1 KRC72
Wiring Adaptor for Time Clock/Remote Control ★2
2 (Normal Open Pulse Contact / Normal Open Contact) KRP413A1S
3 Wired Remote Controller BRC944A2B

4 Central Remote Controller ★1 DCS302CA61
5 Unified ON/OFF Controller ★1 DCS301BA61
6 Schedule Timer ★1 DST301BA61
7 Interface Adaptor for Room Air Conditioner KRP928B2S
8 Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter KAF970A46 KAF952B42

(without Frame)
9 Remote Controller Loss Prevention with the Chain KKF917A4
Option Name FTXS80-100H FTXS50C

1 Centralized Control Board-up to 5 Rooms ★1 KRC72
2 Wiring Adaptor for Time Clock/Remote Control ★2 KRP413A1S

(Normal Open Pulse Contact / Normal Open Contact)
3 Wired Remote Controller BRC944A2B —
4 Central Remote Controller ★1 DCS302CA61
5 Unified ON/OFF Controller ★1 DCS301BA61
6 Schedule Timer ★1 DST301BA61
7 Interface Adaptor for Room Air Conditioner KRP928B2S
Titanium Apatite Photocatalytic Air-purifying Filter
8 (without Frame) KAF970A48 —
9 Air Purifying Filter with Photocatalytic Deodorizing Function — KAF952A42

10 Remote Controller Loss Prevention with the Chain KKF910A4 KKF917A4
Note: ★1 Wiring adaptor is also required for each indoor unit.

★2 Time clock and other devices ; obtained locally.
14.1.2 Outdoor Units
Option Name 25/35 Class 50-71 Class 80-100 Class

1 Drain Plug KKP937A4 KKP945A4
2 Air Direction Adjustment Grille KPW937A4 KPW945A4

Optional Accessories ED04-910
14.2 Installation Manual

14.2.1 KRP413A1S
Safety Precautions 1. Functions and Features
Read these safety precautions carefully before installing the unit, and be On/Off setting
sure to install the unit properly. Switching between Instantaneous Contact/Normal Contact
This manual classifies precautions to the user into the following two Connection with five-room central controller (KRC72 for oversea model)
categories. These warnings and cautions are for your safety. Follow them. Connection with fan coil remote controller
Automatic reset after power failure
WARNING Faulty installation can result in death or serious injury Output of normal operation signals/malfunction signals
Faulty installation can result in serious injury

CAUTION
or other serious consequences.
2. Field Wiring
Below is a key to symbols used in this manual.
Be sure to follow instructions. For interconnecting wiring, use Daikin KDC100A12 cable (not supplied) or
Be sure to perform grounding work. other similar cable. The cable should have the specifications shown below.
Never attempt.
Optional cable KDC100A12 (without connectors)
After installation is complete, test the unit to confirm that it is working Specifications: 0.2 mm2 × 4 core (sheathed)
properly, and instruct the owner its proper use. Outer diameter: φ 5.3
Length: 100 m
Colour: Grey
WARNING
Other cable (commercially available)
Installation should be left to the dealer from whom you purchased the unit, or
Item Outer dia. Remarks
another qualified professionals.
Install the unit securely according to the installation manual. Faulty installation Cable for instrumentation (IPVV) 0.3 mm2 × 4-core 7.2 mm Hard sheath
may lead to electric shock or fire. Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.3 mm2 × 4-core 8.0 mm
Be sure to use the supplied or specified parts. Using other parts may lead to
Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.2 mm2 × 4-core 6.5 mm Shielded
electric shock or fire.
Install the unit securely in a location that will support its weight. If installed in a Microphone cord (MVVS) 0.15 mm2 × 4-core 4.8 mm
poor location or improperly installed, the unit may not work as intended. Intercom cable 0.65 mm2 dia. × 4-core
For electrical work, follow local electric standards and the installation manual. PVC jumper wire (TJVC) (from 0.5 mm dia. × 4 pcs.) — Not sheathed
Faulty installation may lead to fire or electric shock.
Do not bundle the power cord, or attempt to extend it by splicing it with another Note 1: Keep any wiring for the control unit away from the power cord to prevent
cord or by using an extension cord. Do not place any other load on the power electrical noise.
circuit used for the unit. Improper wiring may lead to electric shock, heat Note 2: Do not use cables shown above for power cord, inter-unit cord/cable or
generation or fire. power cord for lamps.
Use dedicated wiring for all electrical connections, and be sure to arrange the
wiring so that force applied to the wiring will not damage the terminals. Poor
wiring or installation may cause electric shock, heat generation or fire.
CAUTION
Before installation, unplug the air conditioner to ensure safety. Failure to do so
may cause electric shock.
Static electricity may damage electric components. Before connecting cables
and communication lines, and operating the switches, be sure to discharge any
electrical charge from your body (by, for example, touching the earth line)
Do not install the unit in a location where it may be exposed to flammable
gases. If gas leaks and build up around the unit, it may catch fire.
Do not place the wiring close to the power cord, inter-unit cable, or pipes which
generate noise. Treat the wiring with care.

Installation
This product is available in two types. The KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S is for installation in a case independent of the indoor unit, and
the KRP413A1 is for installation within the indoor unit.
1. KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S 3. Attaching Adaptor Case Assy (for KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S)
1 Installation diagram 1 Using the screws (to mount on a wall, etc.)

Adaptor case
Use the 3 supplied screws to attach the case assy .
Indoor unit PCB
S21 Adaptor case

Indoor unit
Local wiring or
wiring Install the adaptor case assy as close to the indoor unit as possible.
power cord, etc.
Removing case front
Case front
2 Components
Screw
Adaptor case assy Wiring (approx. 0.8 m)
Adaptor PCB
(Adaptor (PCB) is attached in the adaptor case.) Screw cover
Remove the screw cover, one of the screws

and then the case front.
Attach the case back to the surface by
tightening the screws through the screw
holes (one round hole, two long holes).
Accessories After connecting the cables (refer to the following sections), replace the
• Binding band (4 pcs.) case front. Be careful not to damage the wiring in the case.
• Securing tape for attaching to the indoor unit (2 sets)
• Screws for attaching the adaptor case (4 pcs.) Press in so that the prong catches
• Screws for attaching to the wall (3 pcs.) the case back.
Installation manual
Wiring
2. KRP413A1
For this type, install the adaptor PCB within the indoor unit. The method of
installation and connection vary depending on the model of the air Screw
conditioner. See your air conditioner installation manual for details.
Screw cover
1 Components
Adaptor PCB Wiring (approx. 0.25 m) 2 Using securing tape (to attach on the indoor unit)
Attach the adaptor case with the supplied securing tape.

Remove the case front (as for mounting on a wall).
After connecting the cables (see the following sections), replace the
case front. It can be screwed to the case back from the rear with the
four supplied screws.
Be careful not to damage the wiring in the case.
Attach the hook side (loop side) of the included securing tape to the rear
surface of the HA case, then attach the loop side (hook side) to the top of
Installation manual the air conditioner unit spaced at the same intervals.
Securing tape Securing tape

Hook side (loop side) Loop side (hook side)
Indoor unit
To prevent the adaptor case assy from falling, do not use the securing
tape for attaching it to a wall or other surface.

Wiring
1. Wiring 4. Connection with Remote Controller
Connect one end of the wiring to connector S21 of the PCB in the Example connections with three kinds of remote controllers are shown
indoor unit. bellow.
Connect the other end of the wiring to connector S6 of the adaptor Note: These connections cannot be used in combination.
PCB.
Connect field wiring according to the functions assigned to each 1 Generic remote controller
connection terminal of the adaptor PCB.
Secure all wires. Set SW1-1 to Off and select Operation Mode 1.
SW1
1 Securing wires in the adaptor case assy (for KRP413A1S · KRP413AA1S) ON
OFF
Fasten with a tie-wrap so that wires will not come loose even if pulled. 1 2
If the wire protrudes from

<Instantaneous Contact>
this side, cut the cut-off
section of the case front. The remote controller most
1
S recently used (local or air
On/Off 1
2 conditioner) takes precedence.
1 Use a remote controller with a
S
Inter unit Off 2 pulse width of 100 msec or
2
cable (field wiring) more.
Tie-wrap
(to prevent the wires from coming loose) <Normal Contact>
Power On/Off cannot be controlled
Operation
2 Securing wires in the indoor unit (for KRP413A1) from the unit’s remote controller.
1
S When power is restored after a
1
The method for securing wire varies depending on the model of the air 2 power failure in this mode, On or
conditioner. See your air conditioner installation manual for details. 1 Off is determined according to
On S
2 2 the current settings of the remote
controller.
2. Automatic Reset After Power Failure
2 Five-room central controller (KRC72)
This PCB stores the following data in the event of a power failure Set SW1-1 to Off and select Operation Mode 1.
(common features). The remote controller most recently used takes precedence.
On/Off (see Note 1) Operation modes Temperature setting
Air flow rate On/Off status of remote controller SW1
ON
(Note 1 When SW1-2 is in Off mode, the unit will not be activated.) Five-room central
controller OFF
1 2
4 1 S
3. Monitor Signal Output (normal operation and malfunction) 3 2 4
Terminal
blocks A to E 2 1 S
Maximum length of the wiring is 100 m. 2 1
1
1 Monitor signal output for LED

Locally procured parts 3 Fan coil remote controller
Item Manufacturer Type
1 Set SW1-1 to On and select Operation Mode 2.
R S TLG208 (green)
LED D 4 LED Toshiba
TLR208 (red)
Most settings (power On/Off, air flow rate, mode change) cannot be
2
made using the air conditioner’s remote controller.
D Rohm 1S2473
When power is restored after a power failure in this mode, On or Off is
Max 100 m
R 510 ohm 1/4W determined according to the current settings of the remote controller.
When the Cooling /Heating mode is changed, use the air conditioner’s
Monitor signal output (normal operation and remote controller to adjust the temperature.
2
malfunction)using external relay contacts SW1
ON
+ L1 : Operation light OFF
S 1 2
8 DC12V
– L2 : Malfunction light
H M L OFF
(+)
1
MR1 1 S
S (–) L1 External power
2 MR1
5 supply for light 2 1
(–) MR2
3 MR2 L2 1 S
2 2
Max 100 m 1 S
Field supplied parts
2 3
Fan coil remote controller
Field procured parts (Recommended external relay contacts)
On (When heating)
Manufacturer Type Coil rated voltage Coil resistance
Off
Omron MY relay 12 V DC 160 ohm ± 10%
(When cooling) Cooling/heating switch
Matsushita HC relay 12 V DC 160 ohm ± 10%

Test Operation and Confirmation
1. When the System is Not Working
Is the air conditioner working properly?

Are the connectors of the wiring properly connected?
Are the remote controller and field wiring properly connected?
Are all switch settings correct?
If there is nothing apparently wrong, conduct a diagnostic check using the following procedure.
Diagnostic check
Defect in adaptor PCB.
START Defect in wiring.
Defect in indoor unit’s PCB.
Transmission error (between remote controller and indoor unit)
Is the “CPU Normal” light No
for the remote controller’s
PCB flashing?
Yes Is 12 V DC being supplied No
to No. 4 and No. 5 on S6 of the
remote controller’s PCB?
Yes Is 12 V DC being supplied No
to No. 4 and No. 5 on S21
of the indoor unit?
Yes
Is the malfunction light No

of the remote
controller’s PCB on?
Yes
OR
2. Switch Settings and Connection Terminals
Selecting the operation OFF Operation mode 1 (Used with the exception of fan coil remote controller settings)
SW1-1
mode ON Operation mode 2 (Used with fan coil remote controller settings)
Selecting On/Off when OFF Always Off

SW1-2 power is restored after Off if operation was in Off mode before power failure; On if operation was in
a power failure ON
On mode before power failure
1 S S 1
2 4 8 2 Instantaneous contact Normal contact
1 S 1
S 2 S1 (1) - S2 (1) OPEN CLOSE
2 1 5
1 S 3 SW1-1: OFF
Pulse input OPEN, Not activated
2 2 (Operation mode 1) S1 (1) - S1 (2)
SW1 On/Off switching
1 S 1 CLOSE, Activated
2 3 2
OFF ON S1 S2 (2), S3 Not used
S6 S2 S1, S2 OPEN Not activated
S3 S1 (1) - S1 (2) CLOSE On, airflow: L tap
SW1-1: ON S1 (1) - S2 (1) CLOSE On, airflow: M tap

(Operation mode 2) S1 (1) - S2 (2) CLOSE On, airflow: H tap
S3 (With the remote OPEN, Cooling

controller only) CLOSE, Heating
CPU normal operation monitor
(Flashes when the operation is normal.) S4 (1) - (2) Voltage on (DC12 V), normal operation light output
(1) - (2) Normal operation light output (power for light required)
S5
(1) - (3) Malfunction light output (power for light required)
S6 connector Connect with connector S21 on the PCB of the indoor unit
S8 (+) - (–) Relay DC 12 V power supply terminal (Field supplied parts)
2P031616-1B

14.2.2 KRP928B2S
Safety Precautions 1.Overview, Features and Compatible Models

This kit is the interface required when connecting the central controller and a Daikin Room Air
Read these Safety Precautions carefully to ensure correct installation.
Conditioner. Use of the central controller makes it possible to perform the following monitoring
This manual classifies precautions into WARNING and CAUTION. and operations. It is compatible with room air conditioners which have an HA connector S21.
WARNING : Failure to follow WARNING is very likely to result in such grave 1.Run / stop for the central controller and wired remote controller, operating mode
selection, and temperature can be set.
consequences as death or serious injury.
2.The operating status, any errors, and the content of those errors can be monitored
CAUTION : Failure to follow CAUTION may result in serious injury or from the central controller and wired remote controller.
property damage, and in certain circumstances, may result in 3.Run / stop for the central controller and wireless remote controller, operating mode
a grave consequence. selection, and the temperature setting can be limited by the central controller.
4.Zone control can be performed from the central controller.
Be sure to follow all the precautions below ; they are all important for 5.The unit can remember the operating status of the air conditioner before a power
ensuring safety. outage and then start operating in the same status when the power comes back
on.
WARNING 6.Card keys, operating control panels, and other constant / instantaneous
connection-compatible equipment can be connected.
Installation should be left to the dealer or another qualified professional. 7.The Operating / error signals can be read.
Improper installation by yourself may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire. 8.HA JEM-A-compatible equipment can be connected.
Install the set according to the instructions given in this manual. 9.The indoor temperature can be monitored from the Ve-up controller.
Incomplete or improper installation may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire. Precaution
Be sure to use the standard attachments or the genuine parts. 1.When reading the Operating / error signals, a separate external power source
Use of other parts may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire.
(DC 12V) is needed.
2.A separate timer power source (DC 16V) is needed when using the schedule
Disconnect power to the connected equipment before starting installation. timer independently, and not in conjunction with other central controllers.
Failure to do so may cause malfunction, electrical shock, or fire. 3.The range of temperatures that can be set from the central controller is 18°C to
32°C in cooling and 14°C to 28°C in heating.
4.Fan operation cannot be selected from the central controller or wired remote controller.
5.Group control (i.e., control of multiple indoor units with a single remote controller) is
CAUTION not available.
An earth leakage circuit breaker should be installed. 6.Monitoring is not available of the thermo status, compressor operating status,
indoor fan operating status, electric heater, or humidifier operating status.
If the breaker is not installed, electrical shock may occur.
7.Forced thermo off, filter sign display and reset, fan direction and speed settings,
Do not install the set in a location where there is danger of exposure to air conditioning fee management, energy savings instructions, low-noise
inflammable gas. instructions, and demand instructions cannot be made.
Gas accumulated around the unit at the worst may cause fire.
To prevent damage due to electrostatic discharge, touch your hand to a 2.Component Parts and Separately-Sold Parts which are Required
nearby metal object (doorknob, aluminum sash, etc.) to discharge static This kit includes the following components. Check to ensure that none of
electricity from your body before touching this kit. these are missing.
Static electricity can damage this kit.
Parts Q’ty Parts Q’ty
Lay this cable separately from other power cables to avoid external
electrical noises. Kit assy Connection harness (about 1.6m) 1set
PCB is in the housing.
Mounting screws 3pcs.
After installation is complete, test the operation of the PCB set to check 1
Screw cover Binding band 1pc.
for problems, and explain how to use the set to the end-user.
Installation manual 1set
3.Names of Parts and Electric Wiring

<Wiring procedure> Lower group number Upper group number Service monitor (LED1: green)
Room air conditioner indoor unit switch (SW1) switch (SW2-1to 3) When the CPU is working
properly, the LED flashes.
Operation when recovering
from a power outage mode Japanese unit / Overseas unit
DAIKIN
switch (SW2-4) Setting switch (SW3-3)
Momentary contact / constant contact

To HA connector (S21) 1 1234 1 2 3 4 ON Selection switch (SW3-2)
1234
Once the switches are set and 0 OFF

SW1 SW2 Forced stop
the wiring complete, secure the Settings switch (SW3-1)
OFF
case using the included LED1

ON
screws. Supplied connection harness SW3 Power supply terminal (S8)

S6 Connect an external DC 12V power
Tes1 S1 S8 S5 supply only when reading the
S16 Operating / error display.
S19
Cable available field supply
F1 F2
(See the installation manual of
the central remote controller)
A cable field supply A cable field supply
Non polarity
Included in the Drain Separately sold remote control code (quadplex)

Up Kit. KRCW101A Series
Central controller equipment Remote controller Card key

Tele-con (Field supply) Operating monitoring
DCS302 Series BRC944 Series (Field supply) equipment
DCS301 Series Operating control panel (Field supply)
DCS601 Series (Field supply)
DST301 Series
KRC65, KRC72, The adapter included with the
KDC100A10, and KDC101B remote controller is not used.
Series cannot be connected.
In case that a central remote In case that the device coping Connecting a Wired Connecting a Momentary / constant Reading the Operating / error Display
controller is connected with HA JEM-A is connected Remote Controller Contact Input Equipment

4.Switch Settings 5.Control Codes

When using a central remote controller, the operating codes can be used to limit
Turn the power on after all the switches have been set. operation from wireless remote controllers.
NOTE Settings made while the power is on are invalid. : permitted; × : prohibited
Open the Kit’s case and set the switches on the circuit board. Operations from the remote controller Operations from
(1) For Overseas / Japanese unit setting (SW3-3) “Run” control from the “Stop” control from the central controller,
Room air conditioners, different methods are used for setting the temperature in central controller central controller contact input and
S1 Control mode Control
automatic mode, so this switch needs to be set. HA JEM-A input
and fan speed

Run / timer
Stop
Run / timer
Stop
Operating mode
Operating mode
and fan speed
operating code
Fan direction
Fan direction
temperaturet
mode
temperature
Destination SW3-3 setting What Happens
“Automatic” operation is not available from the central controller.
When using “automatic” operation using the wireless remote
Japan
OFF
controller, the central controller displays automatic cooling ON / OFF control 0,1,3 × × × ×
(Factory setting) (heating) and 25°C. Even if the temperature is changed, it will
is rejected 10,11 × × × × × ×
Only OFF control 2
return to 25°C after a while.
is accepted 12–19 × × × ×
Overseas ON “Automatic” operation is available from the central controller. Instantaneous Central priority 4 × ×
contact mode 5 × ×
(2) Group number settings (SW1 and SW2-1 to SW2-3) Last command priority 6,7
Set these when using the central controller. (Set to the side.) Do not set more Timer operation 8 * * * × ×
than one unit to the same number. is accepted by
remote controller 9 * * * × ×
However, these settings do not need to be made when using the schedule timer 2,10-19 × ×
independently. Constant 0,1,3,5-7
× ×
× ×
(The settings are needed when used in conjunction with another DCS Series contact mode 4 ×
central controller.) 8 * ×
In this case, the schedule timer performs an auto address after the power is turned 9 *
on, so new group numbers are automatically set. Settings made using the switches Forced stop × × × × × × × ×
will be overwritten.
*Only during timer operation
SW2 Upper SW1 Lower SW1 Lower The remote controller permission / prohibition settings using the Ve-up controller are as
setting group NO. setting group NO. setting group NO. follows.
1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 : permitted; × : prohibited
1— 0 0 0 8 Operations from
0 0 central controller,
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Ve-up controller settings Operations from the remote controller contact input and
2— 0 1 0 9 S1 pin
operating mode HA JEM-A input
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Operating mode Fan direction
Start / stop Changemode
operating Change set
temperature Run / timer Stop
3— 0 2 1 0 temperature and fan speed
Instantaneous
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 contact mode ON / OFF permitted permitted/prohibited × ×
4— 0 3 1 1 • control is
Constant rejected prohibited permitted/prohibited
contact mode × × ×
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5— 0 4 1 2 Instantaneous permitted
permitted × ×
prohibited
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 contact mode Only OFF
prohibited permitted/prohibited × ×
6— 0 5 1 3 control is
Constant accepted permitted
permitted × ×
prohibited
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 contact mode
prohibited permitted/prohibited × × ×
7— 0 6 1 4
Instantaneous permitted permitted/prohibited
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 contact mode Last command prohibited permitted/prohibited × ×
8— 0 7 1 5 Constant priority permitted permitted/prohibited × ×
contact mode prohibited permitted/prohibited × × ×
NOTE also that a separate timer power source is needed when using the Forced stop Does not affect settings × × × ×
schedule timer independently.
Power source specs: DC 16V, +10%, -15%, 200mA. 6.Read Operating / Error Display Signal
Recommended power source: Omron S82J-01015A. (Should be used with the
output voltage adjusted to the center, DC 16V.) The Operating / error signals can be read from the contact output (S5).
(3) Settings when recovering from a power outage (SW2-4) Output specs
This selects whether to restart operation when the power comes back on after a M1: Turn MR 1 ON when the air conditioner is running.
power outage occurred during operation. This setting is given priority in cases M2: Turn MR 2 when a communication error has occurred between the KRP928B2S and
where the indoor unit has an auto start ON / OFF jumper. Note also that the air conditioner, or MR 1 is ON and the unit has stopped after an error.
regardless of whether switch SW2-4 is on or off, the operating mode, set MR 2 is not turned ON during a warning.
temperature, fan direction and speed settings, and remote control prohibition
status are stored. KRP928B2S
SW2-4 setting What Happens

S8 Power supply for relay (DC 12V)
OFF
Stops after recovering from a power outage
(Factory setting)
Stops if the unit was stopped before the power outage Operating control panel (Field supply)
Relay specs (MR1 and MR2)
ON and runs if it was running. (+)
Coil voltage: DC 12V
MC
MR1 Coil resistance: 160Ω ± 10%
(4) Contact input function settings (SW3-1 to SW3-2) (–) Power source
S5 M1 MR1 Operating Display (Matsushita Electric HC
When using contact input (S1), choose one of the following functions. MR2 for display Relay, Omron MY Relay)
(–) Wiring length
M2 MR2 Abnormality display
S1 SW3-1 SW3-2 Max: 100m
What Happens Control mode
operating mode setting setting
The operating status of the air conditioner
Instantaneous contact
OFF is reversed by an instantaneous input of Last command priority
7.Combining Equipment
input (factory setting) 100 msec or more.
OFF The central controller can be combined with the following devices.
Contact - Open to close: air condition runs. ON / OFF control is rejected
Schedule timer
D-BIPS
Wired Remote Controller

Instantaneous contact input
Wireless Remote Controller

Central Remote Controller
Forced stop contact input
HA JEM-A-compatible equipment
Constant contact input
ON / OFF controller
Constant contact input ON Close to open: air conditioner is stopped (operate / stop / timer prohibition)
(NOTE 1). (NOTE 2).
Contact - Open to close: air condition stops During a forced stop, all
Forced stop or remote ON Invalid (forced stop). Close to open: no change in remote controller actions
controller permission input operating status. are prohibited.
NOTE1: Since central equipment and HA JEM-A-compatible equipment both use
last command priority, the contact status and operating status of the air
conditioner might not match sometimes.
Example: If the unit is run from the central controller while the air
conditioner is stopped with an open contact, the contact will be Central Remote Controller
open and the unit will be running.
NOTE2: Operating mode and fan direction and speed settings can be changed. ON / OFF controller
Schedule timer × ×
KRP928B2S
D-BIPS × ×
Forced stop contact input × × ×
Run / stop Input
CA Constant contact input × × ×
Contact specs
S1 No-voltage minute electric current contact × × ×
Instantaneous contact input
CB (Minimum applicable load DC 12V, 1mA or lower) HA JEM-A-compatible equipment ×
Wired Remote Controller × ×
Total wire length max: 100m
Wireless Remote Controller ×
3P087074-2B

14.2.3 KPW937A4
Q Before Installation
Checking the parts Check the following parts

Name Louver Installation manual
Shape
With 4 screws
Quantity 1piece 1piece
Q Installation Procedure
Selection of Installation Location
Use when installing in a location that meets the following conditions.
When installing near the border to a neighbor's house
If exhaust blows directly on passers-by because outdoor unit is installed facing a road.
Changing the fan direction of the outdoor unit to prevent it blowing directly on shrubbery, etc.
Installation of Louver Prepared hole

pitch 435mm
Installation is possible in the four directions: Fan partition
upward, downward, rightward, and leftward. Part A
The installation screws are attached to the louver. (see figure below)
First temporarily attach the louver with 4 screws,
then check that the angle is correct, and finally Prepared hole
pitch 435mm
tighten the screws fully. Fan partition
CAUTION
1.Install so that a short circuit is prevented.
2.For the use in snowy regions, avoid installation
with the air outlet facing upward. Install so that
the air outlet faces leftward, rightward, or down-
ward. The prepared hole is in between the grating
Snow accumulates in the air outlet of the outdoor of the grille. Part A (prepared hole) cross
section (the shape of either a or b)
unit, causing malfunction of the main body of the
outdoor unit. a) Grille grating b) Grille grating
3.Be advised that if the fan direction is up,
dead leaves and other foreign matter
easily accumulates in the exhaust vent. Prepared hole Prepared hole
4P104499-1A

14.2.4 KPW945A4
Before installation
Check the following parts Name Louver Truss tapping screw Installation manual
Shape
M4x4screws(max.7.5kW class)
Quantity 1piece M5x4screws(8.0/9.0kW class)
1piece
Installation Procedure
Selection of Installation Location Space Needed for Installation
Use when installing in a location that meets the following conditions. O A minimum of 100mm is needed
O When installing near the border to a neighbor's house between the back of the outdoor
O If exhaust blows directly on passers-by because outdoor unit is instal- unit and any obstructions
(walls, etc.) 0
led facing a road. n10
O If exhaust blows directly on vegetation re tha
mo
Installation of Louvers
Caution
Attach the louvers overlapping the standard grill.
Installing the louvers without the grill would allow hands to enter the fan area,
which is dangerous, so be sure to install the standard grill.
When pointing up When pointing down

(1) Remove the 4 attachment screws from (1) Remove the 4 attachment screws from
the standard grill. the standard grill.
(2) Install the louver pointed up. (2) Install the louver pointed down.
O Overlap the standard grill and O Overlap the standard grill and
screw both in together. screw both in together.
O The attachment screws O The attachment screws
are in the louvers. are in the louvers.
(3) Installation complete (3) Installation complete
3P089958-2C


Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of August 2008 but subject to change without notice.
ED 04-910
Printed in Japan 08/2008 B AK

C/G/H-Series Room Air Conditioners Spec Sheet

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

C/G/H-Series Room Air Conditioners Spec Sheet

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ED 04 - 910

- Cooling Only / Heat Pump -

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 1

2 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

Indoor units Outdoor units

RKS 50-60 F RK(X)S 50-60

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 3

— Comfortable Airflow Mode —

< Cooling > < Heating >

— New Remote Controller —

Stylish new design At night

• You can fix different settings on weekdays

4 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

• This diagram is a representation for illustrative purposes only.

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 5

Note: Power Supply Intake ; Outdoor Unit

6 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power

Swing Compressor Longlife Filter — —

INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Programme Dry Function

Cooling / Heating Mode Lock — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 7

3.2 Heat Pump

Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power

Operation Limit for Cooling (°CDB) 10 10 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter — —

–10 –15 Air Purifying Filter with

INTELLIGENT EYE Flexible Voltage Correspondence

Inverter POWERFUL Operation

Priority-Room Setting — — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)

8 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Health & Clean

HOME LEAVE Operation — DIII-NET Compatible (Adaptor)

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 9

Basic Function Inverter (with Inverter Power Health & Clean

Operation Limit for Heating (°CWB) –15 Photocatalytic Deodorizing Filter —

Swing Compressor Longlife Filter —

HOME LEAVE Operation

10 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 11

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

12 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

4.2 Heat Pump

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 13

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

14 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 15

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

16 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 17

50Hz 220-230-240V / 60Hz 220-230V

18 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 19

INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR

SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH

VERTICAL BLADE(AUTOMATIC) 60 99.5 WALL HOLE

20 Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series

5.1.2 Heat Pump

INTELLIGENT EYE SENSOR

Room Air Conditioners C/G/H-Series 21

SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH